redounding from thence do serve according to the Testimony of a late Traveller to defray the Charges of the Venetian Fleet. In this Island are several remarkable Fountains out of which there bubbles up a pitchy Substance in great quantities In the Monastry of Sancta Maria de la Croce is the Tomb of M. T. Cicero and Terentia his Wise with two several Inscriptions one for him and the other for her found upon a Stone which some time ago was dug out of the Ground nigh the place of the aforesaid Tomb. The Inhabitants reckoning both Greeks and Jews amount to about 20 or 25000 and are govern'd by a Noble Venetian sent thither with full Power from the Senate XII Cephalonia or old Melaena Taphos or Teleboa is likeways under the State of Venice and chiefly abounds in dry Raisins which the Venetians turn to good Advantage and excellent Wines especially Red Muscadels which many call by the Name of Luke Sherry It hath its particular Providitor whose Government lasteth Thirty two Months This Island was bestow'd upon the Republick of Venice Anno 1224. by Gaio then Lord thereof but master'd by the Turks in 1479. and possess'd by them till 1499 when driven thence by the Venetians who re-peopl'd it with Christians and afterwards fortifying the same against future Invasions have hitherto continued Masters thereof Lastly Corfu formerly Corcyra is bless'd with a veary healthful Air and fruitful Soil for Wine and Oyl but not for Corn of which the Inhabitants are suppli'd from the Continent It belongs to the Republick of Venice and is deservedly term'd The Port of the Gulf and Barrier of Italy The Government thereof is lodg'd in six Noble Venetians whose Power lasteth for the space of two Years The first of these Noble Men hath the Title of Baily The second of Providitor and Captain The third and fourth of Counsellors The fifth of Great Captain And the sixth of Castelan or Governor of the Castle de la Campana in the old Town The Greeks are very numerous in this Island and have a Vicar-General whom they stile Proto-papa In the time of Solyman II. no less than 25000 Turks did Land in Corfu under the Command of the Famous Barbarossa yet such was the Conduct of the wise Venitians that they forc'd him to make a shameful Retreat To speak more particularly of each of these Islands and many others reducible to the two Classes of Cyclades and Sporades would far surpass our designed Brevity Conclude we therefore this tedious Section with the following Advertisement That whereas in treating of Islands after we took leave of the Continent of Europe I esteem'd it most methodical to bring all those in the Mediterranean Sea under the Title of European Islands yet the Reader is hereby desir'd to take notice that all of 'em are not usually reckon'd as such the Isle of Malta being generally accounted an African and Cyprus with Rhodes among the Asiatick as are also several others on the Coast of Natolia And so much for Europe and the European Islands Now followeth ASIA a New Description by Robt. Morden CHAP. II. Of ASIA Divided page 43. into Tartary Capital City Chambalu China Pekin or Xuntien India Agra Persia Ispahan Turky in Asia Aleppo To these add the Asiatick Islands Of all which in Order Therefore SECT I. Concerning Tartary  d. m. Situated between 77 10 of Long. its greatest Length from E to W. is about 3000 Miles 163 00 between 37 00 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 2250 Miles 75 04 Tartary comprehends five great Parts Viz. 3 South Kathay Chief Town Chambalu From E. to W. Turkhestan Ihibet Zagathay Samarchand 2 North Tartaria propria Mongul or Tenduc From E. to W. Tartary the Desert Cumbalich THIS Country the greatest Part thereof being reckon'd the Scythia Asiatica of the Ancients is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Tartaria by the French la Tartarie by the Germans Tartarijen and by the English Tartary so call'd from Tartar or Tatar a River of that Country which is said to empty it self into the vast Northern Ocean But others chuse rather to derive the Name from Tatar or Totar which in the Syriack Language signifieth a Remnant imagining that the Tartars are the remainders of those Israelites who where carried by Salmanasser into Media It 's term'd Tartary the Great to distinguish it from the Lesser in Europe The Air of this Country is very different by reason of its vast Extent from South to North the Southmost Parts thereof having the same Latitude with the middle Provinces of Spain and the Northmost reaching beyond the Arctick Polar Circle What its real Extent from East to West may be is not certainly known as yet only this we will affirm in general that 't is much less than commonly suppos'd if the Relations of some late Travellers in these Parts of the World be found afterwards to hold true The opposite Place of the Globe to Tartary is part of the vast Pacifick Ocean as also the Countries of Chili Paraguay and Terra Magellanica This vast Country towards the North it lying in the 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th c. North Climate is extremely Barren being every where encumber'd with unwholesome Marishes and uninhabited Mountains but in the Southern Parts the Soil is indifferently good for Tillage and Grazing especially the latter and towards the East 't is reported to be abundantly fertil in Corn where duly manur'd and several sorts of Herbs especially Rhubarb The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about two Months the Sun not Setting for that time when near the Summer Solstice the shortest in the Southmost is about 9 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Sable Martins Silks Comlets Flax Musk Cinnamon and vast Quantities of Rhubarb c. In lieu of the Rarities of this barbarous and little frequented Country we may mention that prodigious Wall dividing Tartary from China erected by the Chineses to hinder the frequent Incursions of their unwelcome Neighbours the Tartars 't was commonly reckon'd Three hundred German Leagues in length Thirty Cubits high in most places and Twelve in breadth The time of its building is computed to be about Two hundred Years before the Incarnation of our Blessed Saviour By our latest Relations of the State and Nature of this Country we find that some remarkable Vulcano's are to be seen in the North and Eastern Parts thereof Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities in this Country none The Tartars are a People of a swarthy Complexion strong Bodies and middle Stature The generality of 'em are Persons of broad Faces hollow Eyes thin Beards thick Lips slat Noses and ugly Countenances In Behaviour they 're very Rude and Barbarous commonly devouring the Flesh of their Enemies and drinking their Blood so soon as they are in their Power Their ordinary Food is Horse-flesh which they greedily tear and eat up like so many Ravenous
after Ages 7. They imagine that the Sabbath-day is to be so strictly observ'd that Works even of Necessity and Mercy are to be neglected Lostly They believe a Resurrection from the Dead at the end of Time and expect a General Judgment at the last Day These we may reckon the chief Articles of the Jewish Creed at present but besides them they admit of many other things which only Use and Custom have authoriz'd and those are very different according to the different Countries in which they now reside They are still observant according to their Circumstances not only of the various Festivals appointed by God in the Jewish Church but also several others of Human Institution particularly that which they yearly Celebrate in Memory of their Deliverance from the projected Ruin of wicked Haman During which Festival the Book of Esther is thrice read over in their Synagogues and whenever the Name of Human is mention'd they all with one accord best furiously with Hammars upon their Desks as showing thereby their abhorrency of that Person who intended so bloody a Massacre of their Forefathers The joyful Tidings of the Blessed Gospel were proclaim'd in this Country by Christ himself and his Apostles but the obstinate Jews did shut their Eyes against the Light and still persist in their inflexible Obstinacy to this very Day §. 4. The Euphratian Provinces THE remaining Parts of the Asiatick Turky being Georgia Turkomania and Diabereck Georgia formerly Iberia is so call'd from Georgi a People anciently inhabiting these Parts Turkomania formerly Armenia Major so call'd from the Turks a Scythian People who broke through the Caspian Straits and possess'd themselves of these adjacent Provinces And Lastly Diabereck formerly Mesopotamia and Padan-Aram of the Scriptures but why so call'd I find no satisfactory Account We choose to consider all these three under the assum d Title of Euphratian Provinces because they lie near the Body and Branches of that once famous River of Euphrates The Air of these Countries is generally very pleasant healthful and temperate especially in the first and last The opposite Place of the Globe to these Provinces is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean lying between 255 and 265 Degrees of Longitude with 37 and 45 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of these various Provinces they lying in in the 6th and 7th North Climate is generally reckon'd very fit for Pasture on the Banks of the Tygris and Euphrates and in many places it produceth abundance of Fruits with variety of Grain As also Georgia is said to afford great plenty of excellent Wine The longest Day in the Northmost Part of these various Provinces is about 15 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably These being Inland Provinces do not manage any brisk or considerable Trade with Foreign Parts and therefore their Commodities are not very numerous those they Export or Barter with their Neighbours being chiefly Pitch Fruits Silk and such like At Ourfa in Diarbeck is a large Fountain well stockt with Fishes call'd by the Turks Abraham's Fountain and Fishes and of so great Veneration among 'em that the Banks of it are cover'd with curious Carpets for above twenty Paces in breadth 2 Nigh to the aforesaid Ourfa is a Mountain remarkable for several Grotto's in which are to be seen very Ancient Sepulchres of many Primitive Christians 3. Adjacent to Carasara another Town in Diarbeck are many little Rooms hewen out of the firm Rock which were probably some private Cells for Ancient Christians who affected such Retirements each of 'em having as 't were a Table and Bench with a Reposing Place all artificially cut out of the hard Stone and over each of their Doors is a lively Impression of a Cross 4 On the East of Tygris over-against Mosul are the Ruins and those hardly discernable of the once great and famous City of Nineveh the very prospect of which may strike the Beholder with just Apprehensions of the fading Glory of all Sublunary Magnificence and that the largest of Cities are not too big a Morsel for devouring Time to consume 5. About a day and half 's Journey from Bagdat is the Sepulchre of the Prophet Ezekiel which is yearly visited by the Jews of Bagdat with great Devotion 6. About the same distance from Bagdat but between the Euphrates and Tygris is a prodigious heap of Earth intermixt with a multitude of Bricks bak'd in the Sun whereof each is thirty Inches square and three thick the whole being three hundred Paces in Circuit is call'd Nemrod by the Christians and Jews in those Parts and commonly believ'd by the Vulgar sort of 'em to be the Remains of the renowned Tower of Babel but others rather follow the Opinion of the Modern Arabs who call it Agartouf and believe it to have been rais'd by an Arabian Prince as a Beacon or Watch. Tower to call his Subjects together upon all Occasions 7. Nigh to Carkliguen a Town of Turcomania is a vast Rock in which are divers artificial private Appartments generally reckon'd the retiring Place of St. Chrysostome during his Exile as the Christians of those Parts alledge For Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities See Natolia The Inhabitants of these different Provinces are very different in their Tempers and Manners The Armenians or those of Turcomania are Persons of a good Behaviour and Just in their Dealings and some of them addicted to Trassick are disper'd through most Parts of the Trading World But the People of Georgia are said to be extremely given to Thieving Drunkenness and most sorts of other Vices Those of the Female Sex are generally reckon'd the most beautiful Women of any in all the Oriental Countries and so highly esteem'd are they by the Grand Signior and King of Persia that their respective Seraglio's are well stor'd with them The Turkish Persian and Armenian Tongues are all understood and much us'd in these Provinces especially the Turkish In Diaberick the Armenian Tongue is chiefly made use of in Divine Service and in Georgia the corrupted Greek The Western Parts of these Provinces do own Subjection mostly to the Grand Signior and the Eastern to the King of Persia and that purely as the necessity of their Affairs requires Those subject to the Grand Signior are govern'd by various Beglerbegs of his appointment and those in Subjection to the Persian Power are rul'd by several Princes some bearing the Title of Kings as one in the East of Georgia who are elected by the King of Persia and Tributary to him Nevertheless there are in these Provinces several Kings and Princes who fear neither the Ottoman Slavery nor the Persian Power but eagerly maintain their Freedom and keep all the Passes of the Mountains notwithstanding of many Efforts hitherto made to the contrary See the Ensigns Armorial of the Grand Signior page 182. The prevailing Religion in many Parts of this Country is that of the
Gago Idem Guber Idem Zegzeg Idem Zanfara Idem Besides these is the Country of the Jalofes upon the Mouth of the Niger THIS Country unknown to the Ancients is term'd by the Italians Paese di Mori by the Spaniards Yierra de los Negros by the French Pays des Negres by the Germans Moren-land and by the English Negroeland or The Land of the Negroes so call'd either from the Colour of its Inhabitants or the River Niger The Air of this Country is very warm yet generally esteem'd so wholesome to breath in that sick Persons are reported to be brought thither from several of the Adjacent Countries and upon their stay in it for any considerable time are perfectly restor'd to their former Health The opposite Place of the Globe to Negroeland is part of the West American Ocean lying between 180 and 220 Degrees of Longitude with 10 and 23 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 2d and 3d North Climate is very rich especially towards the River Niger which overflows a considerable part thereof as the Nile doth Egypt Here is great store of Corn and Cattle and variety of Herbs Here are many Woods and those well furnish'd with Elephants and other Beasts both Wild and Tame Here also are several Mountains and those richly lin'd with valuable Mines of Silver and Gold The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 13 Hours ¼ the shortest in the Southmost is 11 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Ostridge-Feathers Gums Amber Gold Red Wood Civer and Elephants Teeth c. In Juala a little Kingdom in the Country of the Jalofes is a small River call'd by the Franks Rio de la Grace opposite to whose Mouth is a considerable Bank of Sand out of which there issueth at low Water a gentle Stream of curious fresh Water most pleasant to the Taste 2 Nigh to Sanyeng a Village in the same Country is a Well of ten Fathom depth whose Water is naturally so very sweet that in taste it comes nothing short of ordinary Sugar 3. In the Province of Gago the Sandy Desert is of such a Nature that Humane Bodies laid in the same for many Persons parish in endeavouring to cross it don 't in the least corrupt but become hard like the Egyptian Mummies Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Negroes having their Denomination from the blackness of their Complexion are a People very ignorant in all Arts and Sciences In Behaviour extreamly rude and barbarous much given to Luxury addicted to beastly Pleasures and universally great Idolaters In the Maritime Places they Trade in Slaves with the Europeans selling to them not only what Captives they take in Wars with one another but also many times their nearest Relations even Wives and Children not excepted In this vast Country there are variety of Languages and very different from one another The principal of which are the Sungai and Guber that of Gualata and what they ordinarily use in Guangara In the Country of the Jalofes are those call'd by the Names of Bolm and Timna the first being a Language that 's extreamly rough in Pronunciation and hard to be learn'd but the other is generally reckon'd very sweet and easy This spacious Country is subject to many Kings who are absolute over their own Territories but all or most of 'em are Tributary to one Sovereign viz. the King of Tombute who is reckon'd the most powerful of 'em all Next to him are Mandingo Gago and Cano. The numerous Inhabitans of this vast Country are either Mahometans or gross Idolaters and some in the Midland Provinces live without any sign of Religion or Worship among them A faint Knowledge of the Mosaical Law was once introduc'd into some Parts of Negroe-land and the Marabouts of Cambea and Cassan give still a confus'd Account of the Historical Part of the Old Testament They acknowledge the Existence of One God and never Adore him under any Corporeal Representation They also own our Blessed Saviour as a mighty Prophet and Worker of Miracles They generally use Circumcision as other Mahometans do Christianity got once some footing in these Parts of the World but was wholly over-clouded by Mahometanism towards the middle of the Tenth Century SECT VI. Concerning Guinea  d. m. Situated between 03 00 of Long. its greatest Length from W. to E. is about 1320 Miles 30 00 between 04 10 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 360 Miles 11 40 Guinea compreh The Coasts of Maleguette Chief Town Timan W. to E. Guinea prop Ivory Coast W. Tabo Quaqua Coast Assin Gold Coast E. S. George de Mina The Kingdom of Benin Arda THIS Country unknown to the Ancients and properly a part of Negroe-land is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Guinea by the French and Germans Guinea and by the English Guinea so call'd as most imagine from the Nature of the Soil and excessive Heat of the Country the Name signifying Hot and Dry. The Air of this Country is extreamly hot and very unwholesome especially to Strangers with whom it so disagreeth that many live but a short time after their arrival in it The opposite Place of the Globe to Guinea is that part of New Guinea and Adjacent Ocean between 186 and 210 Degrees of Longitude with 4 and 11 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil in many places is wonderfully fertil producing the choicest of Grains and Fruits This Country is well stor'd with Elephants whose Teeth bring great Gain to the Inhabitants when either sold or barter'd for other Goods of those Merchants who Trade with them Here also are several inexhaustible Mines of Gold and in many of its Rivers are found some Pearls of great value with abundance of Gold-Dust The longest Day in the Northmost Part is about 12 Hours ¾ the shortest in the Southmost 11 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold Ivory Hides Wax Amber-Gris Guinea-Pepper Red-Wood Sugar Civet c. So impetuous is the Current of Rio da Volta that the Sea for about a Mile near the place where the River disgorgeth it self appears always of a whitish Colour and is said to have a sweetish Taste for almost ten Fathoms deep 2. In several Parts of Guinea grows a certain Tree commonly call'd Mignolo which having an Incision made in its Body doth yield an excellent Liquor of much request among the Natives proving to them more pleasant strong and nourishing than the choicest of Wines 3. In several Inland Provinces of Guinea and the Countries adjacent is sometimes seen that remarkable Creature term'd Savage by the Portugueses and by the Natives Qoja-Marrow but most usually found in Angola from whence one was lately brought to England and view'd by multitudes of People at London Such Creatures walk frequently upright as Men
at other times on all four and so near is their resemblance to Human Shape that many of the Negroes either take them for Real Men imagining that by long continuance in the Woods they 're become Demi-Brutes or look upon them as the spurious Issue of unnatural Commixtures Some of our Modern Travellers would fain perswade the World that such Creatures are the Genuin Off-spring either of the Ancient Satyrs or Pygmies so famous among the Poets and so frequently mention'd by Pliny who spoke much of them by hear-say But others with more shew of probability do reckon them specifically the same with the Apes of Borneo already mention'd page 289. For a full and satisfactory Account of this remarkable Creature with a nice Examination of the various Conjectures about it I must refer the Reader to a particular Treatise on that Subiect now preparing for the Press by the Learned Dr. Teyson Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of this Country are great Idolaters very Superstitious and much given to Stealing In Complexion they 're of the blakest sort and most of 'em walk quite Naked without the least shame Some of 'em on the Sea-Coast are given to Trading and understand Commerce tollerably well but generally they 're a cheating proud lazy and sluttish kind of People Remarkable is one fundamental Law or rather an Ancient Custom among some People upon the Quaqua-Coast viz. That every Person is oblig'd to betake himself to the same Trade or Imployment which his Fore-fathers have follow'd Upon the Death of a Husband in the Kingdom of Benin the Widow becomes wholly subject to her own Son if any and may be reckon'd among his number of Slaves only with this difference that she can't be sold without leave obtain'd from the immediate Prince of the Country where they live To kill a considerable number of Slaves at the Funeral of any great Person was a Custom almost universal through all Pagan Countries and particularly here but much worn out in these latter Ages The chief Language in this Country is that call'd Sungai which is also understood and spoken in several Adjacent Countries particularly Tombut and Melli. Of the several Tongues in use upon the Golden Coast That of the Acanistes is most universal being current almost all Guinea over except Anten Acara Ningo and Sinco which have each their particular Dialects The Trading Part of 'em understand and speak Portugueze This Country owneth Subjection to several Sovereigns the chief of whom is ordinarily stil'd the Emperor of Guinea to whom divers other Kings and Princes are subject Next to him is the King of Benin who is esteem'd a powerful Prince having several States Subject and Tributary unto him Paganism is the Religion of this Country the Profession whereof is attended with many ridiculous Superstitions and in some places on the Golden Coast that Diabolical Custom of offering up Human Sacrifices is still in use but not so current as formerly The Pythagorcan Opinion embrac'd by a great part of the Heathen World prevails mightily here Those of the Kingdom of Benin do own a Supreme Being whom they call by the Name of Orifa acknowledging him as the Creator of Heaven and Earth but think it needless to serve him because say they he being Infinitely Good will be sure not to hurt them On the very contrary Account they 're very careful in paying their Devotions and offering Sacrifices to the Devil or some bad Spirit who they think is the cause of all their Calamities They likeways offer up a yearly Sacrifice to the Sea reckoning thereby to appease the Waves and procure calm and peaceable Weather In several other parts of this Country are neither Idol nor Temple and many of the People seem to entertain but very slender hopes of a future State and wholly deny the Resurrection of the Body except those who are kill'd in the Wars Which Exception hath been undoubtedly inculcated upon 'em by some of their Princes and that probably out of a Political Design SECT VII Concerning Nubia  d. m. Situated between 42 00 of Long. It s greatest Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 840 Miles 57 00 between 09 30 of Latit Breadth from E. to W. is about 570 Miles 23 00 Nubia North the River Nuba chief Towns are Samna South Nubia THIS Country known formerly under the same Name is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Nubia by the French Nubie by the Germans Nubien and by the English Nubia so call'd from its Ancient Inhabitants the Nubi or Nubii or according to others the Nobadoe and Nobades and finally some would derive its Name from Nuabia once the Capital City of the whole Country The Air of this Country is every where extreamly hot it being seldom qualifi'd with Showers of Rain The opposite Place of the Globe to Nubia is part of Mare de'l Zur lying between 220 and 240 Degrees of Longitude with 9 and 23 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 2d and 3d North Climate is said to be very fertil in those Parts adjacent to the River Nile but elsewhere 't is generally very barren being cumbered with many formidable Mountains of Sand. Here is good store of Elephants some Sugar-Canes and as several report a few Mines of Gold The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 13 Hours ½ the shortest in the South-most 11 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold Civet Sugar Ivory Arms c. In divers Parts of Nubia are still extant the Ruins of many Christian Churches being reckon'd one hundred and fifty in all with several Pictures of our Blessed Saviour the Virgin Mary and many Saints Most observable is that strange subtile Poyson produc'd in this Country one Grain thereof being able to kill ten Men in a quarter of an Hour It 's commonly sold at an hundred Ducats an Ounce but never to Strangers unless they promise by Oath not to use it in these Parts of the World Remarkable is this Country for being the Birth-place of the famous Nubian Geographer Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Nubians of a Colour extraordinary Black are said to be a strong couragious and cunning sort of People much given to War very Laborious and many of 'em exceeding Wealthy there being establisht a considerable Traffick between them and the Merchants of Grand Caire in Egypt The Nubians have a particular Language of their own which hath some Affinity with the Arabick and Chaldean as also some agreement with the old Egyptian Tongue This Country is govern'd by its own Independent King who is said to be a very Powerful Prince One of his Predecessors call'd Cyriacus upon Information of the Christians being oppress'd in Egypt is reported to have rais'd one hundred thousand Horse for their relief This spacious Country was once Christian but the Ministry
failing the Inhabitants for want of Pastors fell off from Christianity and in process of time became either strict Mahometans or Gross Idolaters The Sound of the Blessed Gospel did reach the Nubians and was cordially receiv'd by them in the earliest Ages of the Church SECT VIII Concerning Ethiopia  d. m. Situated between 35 20 of Long. It s greatest Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 3600 Miles 73 20 between 23 00 of Latit Breadth from W. to E. is about 2180 Miles 34 30 It being divided into Ethiopia Interior Exterior Ethiopia Interior comprehends many Provinces the chief of which are Barnagasso Chief Town Barva N. to S. Tigremahon Chaxumo Dobassat Dobas Fatigar Idem Angote Idem Amara Idem S. to N. Beleguanze Idem Bagamedri Idem Exterior comprehends the Kingdoms of Biafara Chief Town Idem N. to S. on the W. of the Abyssins Loango Idem Congo Salvador Angola Idem Empires of Monoemungi Camure N. to S on the South of the Abyssines Monomotapa Idem Coasts of Cafres Cofala Zangucbar Melinda S to N. on the E. of the Abyssins Ajan Brava Abex Erecco THIS vast Complex Body being generally considered as divided into these Two Classes viz. Upper and Lower or rather Ethiopia Interior and Exterior I shall seperately Treat of them both Therefore §. 1. Ethiopia Interior or the Land of the Abyssines THIS Country but badly known to the Ancients and much encroach'd upon of late by Neighbouring Princes is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Abyssinia by the French l' Empire des Abyssins by the Germans Abyssinen and by the English Ethiopia Interior or The Land of the Abyssines It 's call'd Interior because of its Situation in respect of the other Ethiopia being encompass'd by the same on three sides and Abyssinia either from the River Abas or its Inhabitants whom the Arabians call Abassi a People once residing in Arabia Foelix The Name in the Egyptian Language signifieth Scattered Nations This Country being wholly within the Torrid Zone its Air is generally very hot but yet in some Valleys extreamly cool and temperate by reason of the many and prodigious high Mountains so situated in divers places that at certain times of the Year they intercept the Sun-beams from low Valleys lying between them The opposite Place of the Globe to the Land of the Abyssines is part of Mare de'l Zur and Mare Pacificum lying between 215 and 252 Degrees of Longitude with 10 and 23 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 1st 2d 3d North and 1st 2d 3d South Climate is very different for in some places adjacent to the numerous Branches of the Nile the Ground is sit to produce most sorts of Grain Fruits and Herbs in great plenty but in those that are Mountainous and Remote from the Nile nothing is to be seen but vast Deserts sandy Mountains and formidable Rocks This Land is also said to produce great store of Sugar-Canes Mines of Iron a great quantity of Flax and plenty of Vines but the Inhabitants either know not or care not to make use of these things to any considerable advantage The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 13 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost 10 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold Metals some Gems Corn Cattle Salt Flax Wines Sugar-Canes c. Many are the Natural Salt-Pits of excellent Rock-Salt in this Country and in the Confines of Dancala and Tigra two Adjacent Kingdoms is a large Plain of four days Journey one side whereof is intirely crusted over with pure white Salt which serves the Inhabitants of the Country both far and near some hundreds of Camels Asses and Mules being daily imploy'd in carrying of it 2. In the Mountains of Gojame is a great natural hollow Rock opposite to which is another so situated that according to Travellers Accounts of those Parts a Word only whispered on its top is heard at a considerable distance and the joint Voices of several Persons speaking at once appear as loud as a great Shout of a numerous Army 3. Of the many Christian Temples in this vast Empire there are ten stately ones hewen out of the firm Rock which are reported to have been all perfected in twenty four Years and each of 'em are said to be proportionable in all its Parts with Gates and Windows in a most regular manner For the Ichnography of one of those Temples Vid. Comment J. Ludolphi in Historiam suam Ethiopicam lib. 2. cap. 5. page 235. 4. In several Lakes of this Country and the River Nile is frequently seen that amphibious Creature call'd by the Ethiopians Bihat and Hippopotamus by the Greeks because of its having some resemblance to a Horse in several Parts of the Body This is that Creature which goes by the Name of Behemoth in the Book of Job according to the Learned Bochartus De Animalilus S. S. Part 2. cap. 15. who therein differs extreamly from the Vulgar and formerly receiv'd Opinion in this matter 5. In other Lakes and Rivers is sometimes taken the Torpil Fish whose Nature is such that if a Person only touch it he 's suddenly seiz'd with an excessive Cold and Trembling The Natives are said to allay the violent Heat of burning Fevers by touching the Patient therewith 6. Of the many curious Birds in this Country the Pipis is most observable as being the ready Conductor of Hunters to find out their Game for having discover'd any Beast in his luâ—king place he 's said to fly towards the Huntsmen and calling incessantly Fonton Kerre which imports that they should follow him he flies softly before them and is sure to conduct them to their desired Prey 7 Great is the variety of strange Animals to be seen in various Provinces of this vast Empire the most noted of which are these three First That Creature commonly call'd by the Natives Arweharis and by the Arabs Harish or Harshan which hath one long Horn in its Forehead Whereupon some conclude that this is the famous Unicorn of the Ancients Secondly The Cameleopard so term'd from having a Head and Neck like a Camel and a spotted Body as a Leopard which is said to have so long Legs that a Man mounted on an ordinary Horse may easily pass under his Belly without so much as touching him Lastly The Zecora which is generally reckon'd the most comely Creature of all Quadrupeds whatsoever For a particular Account of these and many more in this Country Vid. Ludolphus abovemention'd Lib. 1. Cap. 10. And the Learned Bochartus his Hierozoicon Part 1. Lib. 3. To these Rarities of this Country I might here add the thrice famous Mountain of Amara which ought indeed to lead the Van rather than bring up the Reer if only a tenth part of what hath been related of it were really true As for the Sabbatical River mention'd both by Pliny and Josephus
contains a good quantity of Liquor as limpid as the best Fountain-water and the Surface thereof is cover'd with a pure Oilysubstance This Liquor being a little boil'd tastes like a good palatable Wine if much boil'd 't is extreamly sweet and if long kept unboil'd no Vinegar is sowrer 3. In the Audience of Guatimala are several remarkable Vulcano's particularly that near Rea-Lejo which towrs up like a Sugar-loaf to a great height and always Smokes As also the burning Mountain of Leon West of the Lake Nicaragua which frequently evacuates Fire as well as Smoke 4. Nigh to Guatulco on the Western Coast is a great hollow Rock call'd by the Spaniards Buffadore which having a large Hole in its top make a hideous Noise at every Surge of the Sea and spouts up Water as a Whale to a prodigious height 5. In some Parts of this Country are several Springs of Water so impregnorated with certain Minerals that the Current issuing from them is of so darkish a Colour that it resembles a Stream of Ink. 6 Remarkable is the Lake of Mexico for several particulars As First It s having two sorts of Water viz. Fresh and Salt Secondly That the Fresh is usually Calm and aboundeth with Fishes whereas the Salt is for the most part Boisterous and breedeth none Thirdly In the middle of this Lake is a pleasant Rock out of which doth issue a considerable Stream of hot Water much esteem'd off for several Distempers Lastly Upon this Lake are several delightful Artificial Gardens well stockt with variety of Herbs and Flowers and moveable from one place to another being supported by large Floats of Timber Vid. J. Acosta his Natural and Moral History of the Indies Here is one Spanish Archshoprick viz. that of Mexico Spanish Bishopricks erected here are those of Merida Chiapa St. Jago de los Cavalleras Mechoaca Honduras Leon in Nicaragua Guaxaca Vera paz Antequera Guadalajara Pueblo de los Angelos The Natives of this Country are now esteem'd a People very Civil and Docile and extraordinary faithful to those they love Some of 'em are also wonderfully Ingenious especially in Painting and making most lively Pictures with various colour'd Feathers of certain little Birds call'd Cincons Others are said to Play incomparably well upon divers Musical Instruments In short the generality of this People is so civiliz'd that they live after the manner of the Spaniards save a few commonly residing in the Mountains who continue as Wild and Savage as ever The Spaniards here residing are much the same with those in Spain The prevailing Language in this Country is the Spanish it being not only in use among the Spaniards but also the Natives themselves who generally understand and speak the same The various Dialects of their Ancient Jargon do daily decrease and in a few Generations will be quite extinguish'd This large and pleasant Country was of old subject unto and rul'd by its own Sovereign Princes call'd Kings of Mexico and had continued according to probable Conjectures a mighty and flourishing Monarchy for many Ages before 't was invaded by the Spaniards But being fully conquer'd by them with only a handful of Men Anno 1521. under the Valiant Ferdinando Gortez it hath ever since remained subject to the Crown of Spain being govern'd by a Vice-Roy commonly residing at Mexico and to him is intrusted the oversight of all the Governors of the various Provinces belonging to his Catholick Majesty in North America Arms. None The Inhabitants of this Country are partly Christian partly Pagan and as 't were a mixture of the two The Spaniards are rigid Papists according to the strict Profession of Popery in their own Country Of the Natives many do still retain their heathenish Worship and indeed multitudes are converted to Christianity according to the Doctrine of the Church of Rome but by our latest Accounts they 're hardly persuaded as yet of the Truth of those Doctrines taught them SCET. II. Concerning New Mexico or Nova Granada This Country is of no certain Extent nor Division its chief Town is S. Fee or New Mexico upon the River North. THIS Country discover'd by the Spaniards Anno 1540. is term'd by the Italians Granada Nouella by the Spaniards Nueva Granada by the French Nouelle Granada by the Germans Neu Granada and by the English New Mexico or Nova Granada It was call'd Mexico after the Empire of that Name describ'd in the foregoing Section and the Epithet Neuva or New was added by the Spaniards to distinguish it from the said Empire its Discovery being posterior to that of Mexico The Title of Nova Granada was also given it by the Spaniards and that from a Province of the same Name in their own Country The Air of this Country according to the Climate is abundantly temperate and generally esteem'd very wholesome to breath in but attended with the great Inconveniency of frequent Hurricanes besides Thunder and Lightning The opposite Place of the Globe to Nova Granada is that part of the Ethiopick Ocean lying between 70 and 90 Degrees of Longitude with 20 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude This Country is but badly known and the Soil of those Parts already discover'd very ordinary being generally a dry faudy barren Ground far inferior to most other Countries in America belonging to the Spaniards Its Bounds being undetermin'd especially in the Northmost Parts we can say nothing of the true Extent of its Days and Nights This Country being none of the best and but rarely frequented by Strangers its Commodities are very few Cattle being the chief or only thing they Trade in What things in Nova Granada do truly merit the Epithets of Rare and Curious we must refer to the better Discovery of after Ages our knowledge of this Country being as yet but very slender Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universitities None The Inhabitants of this Country except those call'd Panches in the Southmost Parts are said to be of a much less Savage Temper than most of the wild Americans They are much given to Hunting and several of 'em understand Agriculture tollerably well The Spaniards here residing do commonly use the Spanish Tongue As for the Natives of this Country they retain their own Jargon of which we can give no account The New Mexicans are still govern'd by certain Captains of their own call'd Caciques but the Spaniards here residing and those of the civilized Natives are rul'd by a particular Governor sent thither by the King of Spain whose place of Residence is ordinarily at Santa Fee upon the River Nort. The Natives of this Country are generally gross Idolaters and many of 'em have little or no Sign of Religion at all The Spaniards here residing are the same in Religion with those in Europe SECT III. Concerning Florida  d. m. Situated between 276 00 of Long. It s greatest Length from E. to W. is about 1000
Miles 297 00 between 26 50 of Latit Breadth from S. to N. is about 600 Miles 40 00 The large Country of Florida being of no certain Divisions its chief Towns are Coca in the main Land S. Augustine in the Peninsula of Tegeste S. Maâ—hea in the Peninsula of Tegeste THIS Country first discover'd by Sebastian Cabot Anno 1497. but more particularly afterwards by John Dâ—pony a Spaniard who took Possession thereof in the Name of his Catholick Majesty Anno 1527. is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Florida by the French Floride by the Germans and English Florida so call'd by the Spaniards either because they arriv'd at it on Palm-Sunday which they term Pascha Florida or because they found the Country full of Flowers at their arrival The Air of this Country is said to be so extraordinary temperate that according to our latest Accounts the Inhabitants live to a great Age. The opposite Place of the Globe to Florida is that part of the East Indian Ocean lying between 96 and 110 Degrees of Longitude with 26 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 5th and 6th North Climate is wonderfully fertil abounding in most sorts of Grain Herbs and Fruit. It 's also well stor'd with Venison and Fowl inrich'd with considerable Mines of Gold and Silver especially those of the Appalachine Mountains and here they fish vast numbers of valuable Pearls The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 14 Hours ¼ the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours and the Nights proportionably This Country being slenderly known in the Inland Parts and even those next the Sea but little frequented by Strangers its Commodities are very few yet very costly viz. Gold Silver Pearls and Furs In several Parts of Florida grows a certain Tree about the bigness of an ordinary Apple-Tree the Juice of whose Fruit the Natives use to squeeze out and therewith anoint their Arrows being a rank sort of Poison If there be no Fruit then they break off a Branch and out of it do press a milky Substance equally poisonous with the Juice of the Fruit. So strong a Poyson is this Tree that if a few handfuls of its Leaves are bruised and thrown into a large Pond of Standing-Water all sorts of Beasts that happen to come and drink thereof do suddenly swell and burst asunder Purchas his Pilgrims Part 4. Lib. 8. Cap. 1. In Bahama an Island near C. Florida is the famous Bahama-Spider the biggest of all the Species being two Inches long and deservedly term'd Phalangium Maximum Indicum He hath six Eyes and those not so big as the smallest Pin's head Some of these remarkable Insects are to be seen in the Publick Musoeum of Gresham Colledge London Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Floridins are naturally White but by anoincing themselves both Men and Women with a certain Oyntment they still appear of an Olive-colour They are tall of Stature well proportion'd lovers of War and ordinarily go quite naked except a small piece of Deer-Sâ—in which many wear about their middle The Language of the Natives doth very much 〈◊〉 in Dialect according to different Parts of this Country The few Spaniards here residing do still retain the Spanish The Natives of this Country are subject to several Lords of their own term'd Paroustes or Caciques one of whom is said to have the Precedency and is generally respected by the rest as an Emperor The Spanish Colonies on the Sea-Coasts have their peculiar Governors appointed by his Catholick Majesty The Natives of this Country are gross Idolaters worshipping the whole Host of Heaven especially the Sun to whom they attribute the good fortune of all their Victories and return him thanks accordingly They mightily respect their Priests who are generally great Sorcerers and call them by the Name of Joanas and in some places Jowa's Several Missionaries were sent into this Country in the Days of Charles the Fifth but the Savage Inhabitants quickly destroy'd them SECT IV. Concerning Terra Canadensis  d. m. Situated between 290 00 of Long. It s greatest Length from E to W. is about 1500 Miles 330 00 between 30 00 of Latit Breadth from S. to N. is about 1920 Miles 62 00 It being divided into North the River Canada South North comprehends Terra Canadensis propria Chief Town From N. to S. Nova Britannia Nova Francia Quibeck South comprehends Nova Scotia Port Royal The English Territor viz. Those of New England Boston From N. E. to S. W. New York Idem N. Jersey East Elisabeth West Elsingburgh Pensilvania Philadelphia  Maryland Baltimore Virginia James Town Carolina Charles Tow. TERRA Canadensis so call'd from the River Canada being a vast Complex Body consisting of several large and considerable Countries and particularly those in which the English Nation is chiefly concern'd we shall distinctly consider its various Divisions especially those of the English Empire and that in the same Order laid down in the foregoing Table Therefore §. 1. Terra Canadensis propria THIS Country being the Northmost of all the rest is esteem'd none of the best But being so slenderly known as yet we pass on to §. 2. Nova Britannia WHICH Country is likeways of a very ordinary Soil by what we find and almost as thinly Inhabited and little frequented as the former We shall therefore make no stay therein but proceed to §. 3. Nova Francia THIS Country is reckon'd to be much colder than most others in the same Latitude however 't is said to be bless'd with a Soil abundantly fruitful and is chiefly furnisht with Stags Bears Hares Martins Foxes Conies and great store of Fish and Flesh The French here residing about six thousand in number do commonly trade in Bever Mouse Skins and Furs This being all that 's remarkable of it we continue our Progress to the next Division viz. §. 4. Nova Scotia WHICH Country first discover'd by Sebastian Cabot at the Charge of Henry the Seventh was once inhabited by a Scotch Colony sent over Anno 1622. by Sir William Alexander then Lord Secretary of Scotland to whom King James by Letters-Patent made a Donation thereof but that Colony failing the French became Masters of the Country and settled themselves therein calling it by the Name of Accadie But leaving these Northern Parts of Terra Canadensis as Countries little known and of less Note unto us Proceed we to that which more nearly concerns us viz. a particular View of the various Parts of the Western English Empire and that according to their Order as they lie in the foregoing Table The first whereof is §. 5. New England THIS Country discover'd first by the English under the Conduct of the two Cabots Anno 1497. and afterwards taken Possession of for Queen Elizabeth by Sir Philip Amadas Anno 1458. is term'd by the Italians Inghilterra Nouella by the Spaniards
considerable bigness and remarkable for its shining Property in the Dark appearing as a little Lanthorn at a distance whereupon the Natives when oblig'd to Travel a Nights do usually fasten a few of 'em to a Stick and by their Light can clearly see their way We may also add those extraordinary little Birds of this Country call'd Tomineios of whom in Brasile being of so small a Bulk that they surpass not common wild Bees in bigness And finally those prodigious great Birds nam'd Condores who are so large and strong that they 'll set upon and devour an ordinary Calf For all these and several other Remarkables of Peru Vid. J. Acosta his Natural and Moral History of the Indies Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick viz. that of Lima. Bishopricks are those of Cusco Truxillo Quinto Arequipa Guamanga Universities in this Country None The Natives of this Country are reported to be a People that 's for the most part very Simple and grosly Ignorant Those towards the Equator are generally esteem'd more Ingenious than the rest but withal much addicted to two most detestable Vices viz. Dissimulation and Sodomy The Spaniards here residing are much the same with those in Spain The Language of the Natives did formerly consist of several quite different Dialects or rather so many distinct Tongues they being unintelligible to one another but these are much diminish'd and daily grow fewer for the People in the lower Part of this Country being now almost intirely civiliz'd have left their Ancient Jargon and commonly use the Spanish Tongue This rich Country by most probable Conjectures was govern'd by its Incas or Hereditary Kings above three hundred Years before the Spaniards got any footing therein but being fully master'd by them Anno 1533. under the Conduct of Pizarro it hath been ever since accounted a considerable Part of the King of Spain's American Dominions and is govern'd by his Vice-Roy who ordinarily resideth at Lima. In several places the Natives especially those of the Mountains maintain as yet their Liberties and are rul'd by some particular Caciques The Peruvians except those converted to Christianity are gross Idolaters worshipping the Sun Moon Stars Lightning Thunder c. To each of such Deities were formerly erected in this Country very stately Temples whose Remains are still extant in many places besides one almost intire viz. that at Cusco This Temple was dedicated to the Sun but is now a part of the Monastry of St Dominick Its Walls were over-laid with Plates of Gold from top to bottom and in it was set up a glorious Representation of the Sun being a lively Figure of that Caelestial Body in pure Massy Gold Near to this Temple were four others one whereof was dedicated to the Moon whom they call'd Quilla reckoning her either Wife or Sister to the Sun Another to the Planet Venus which they term'd Chasca A third to Thunder and Lightning which went by the common Name of Yllapa And a fourth to Cuychu i. e. Iris or the Rainbow All of them were wonderfully errich'd with either Gold or Silver and besides these were many others through the various Provinces of this once mighty Empire but the most magnificent Temple of all Peru was that spendid piece of Indian Architecture in a certain Island of the Lake Titicaca in which the Incas are believ'd to have hid a great deal of Treasure when the Spaniards invaded their Country SCET. VIII Concerning the Land of the Amazons This vast Country is of no certain Extent nor Division neither hath it any remarkable Town THIS Country discover'd by the Spaniards Anno 1541. is term'd by the Italians Paese di Amazona by the Spaniards Tierra de las Amazonas by the French Pais des Amazones by the Germans Y land van d' Amazones and by the English The Land of the Amazons so call'd from the many warlike Women resembling the Ancient Amazons who appear'd in Arms on the Banks of the River Amazone at the Europeans first entring into this Country The Air of this Country in places as yet discover'd is reported to be very Temperate considering the Latitude of the Country The opposite Place of the Globe to the Land of the Amazons is partly the Gulf of Bengal and partly the Peninsula of Malacca The Soil of this Country it lying in the 1st 2d and 3d South Climate where yet discover'd is very fertil producing great variety of Fruits and Grain Here also are abundance of Mines Sugar-Canes Cacoa and Tobacco The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 12-Hours and a little more the shortest in the Southmost is 11 Hours and the Nights proportionably The Commodities of this Country are reckon'd Gold Silver Sugar Cacoa Ebony Tobacco c. but this Part of the World being as yet very slenderly known and little frequented by Strangers these may be rather reckon'd the Product than Staple Commodities of this Country In the River Amazone is a dreadful Cataract a considerable way from the Sea for the Water being penn'd up between two steep Rocks under which is a hideous Precipice the Stream falleth down with great Violence and Noise Yet notwithstanding of this so terrible a Fall there be many of the Natives who 't is reported are so bold as to descend that Stream in their little Canoos In falling they are sure to turn topsy-turvy many times and are severely plung'd in the Deep when down yet such is their Care and Nimbleness that they quickly recover their Canoos and forthwith proceed on their Voyage J. Acosta Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None Upon the Banks of the River Amazone as is hinted at already were discover'd about fifty different Nations who seem'd generally to be a fierce and savage sort of People all both Men and Women appearing in Arms at the first approaching of the Spaniards and they still continue as fierce and savage as formerly and many of 'em are reported to be Anthropophagi or eaters of Human Flesh Our knowledge of this as yet ill discover'd Country is so slender and the Commerce between Europeans and this People so little that we can make no Observations on the Nature and Number of their Languages How this People is govern'd or if any Form of Government among them is not yet very certain A further Enquiry into the sume must be referr'd to the better Discovery of Future Ages That the Inhabitants of this Country are in general gross Idolaters is most that can be said of them as yet They are reported to make their Images of Wood and to set them up in the Corners of their Houses having no Temples and do firmly believe That those polish'd Pieces of Timber are really inhabited by some Divinities descended from Heaven being taught the same by their Priests SECT IX Concerning Brasil  d. m. Situated between 322 00 of Long. It s greatest Length from N. E. to S.
being civiliz'd prove very ingenious This vast Body comprehends several different Nations the chief of which are the Toupinambous the Margajas the Tapuyes c. who are ordinarily distinguish'd from one another by the wearing of their Hair They generally go quite naked and in many places of the main Land are multitudes of Canibals Their manner of reposing a Nights is in a kind of Net gathered at each end and ti'd to two Poles fixt fast in the ground This Net is made of the Rind of a certain Tree call'd Haemac and hence is deriv'd the vulgar appellation of Sea-Bedding commonly us'd in the English Fleet. The diversity of Languages among the Natives of those Places already discovered on the Sea-Coasts doth sufficiently evince that their number must be much greater in the Inland parts of this vastly extended Country The only thing observable of those Languages upon the Sea-Coasts is that the Natives can't pronounce the three Letters of L. F. R. and that their manner of pronunciation is much through their Throat The Portugueze here residing retain and use their own Language The Brasilians being divided as aforesaid into many different Nations several of them chuse certain Captains or Governors by whom they 're ruled others wander up and down and live without any Order or Government among them The Portugueze being Masters of the Sea-Coasts since the Year 1501. and having divided them into certain Praefectures over each of these is set a particular Governor which Governors are all accountable to the Vice-Roy of Portugal whose place of Residence is ordinarily at St. Salvadore The Natives of Brasil are reported to entertain but a faint notion of a Supream Being and a Future State and many are sunk ev'n beneath Idolatry it self having neither Idol nor Temple to be seen among them Others are said to believe the Soul's Immortality and to give some obscure hints of an Universal Deluge Many of those who live nigh unto and upon the Sea-Coasts are converted to Christianity and that by the commendable Industry of the Portugueze who are of the same Religion with that establish'd in Portugal SECT X. Concerning Chili  d. m. Situated between 302 00 of Long. its greatest Length from N. to S. is about 960 Miles 306 00 between 25 30 of Latit Breadth from W. to E. is about 200 Miles 44 00 Chili comprehends the Provinces of Chili propria Ch. Town St. Jago No. to S. upon the Sea-Coast Chili Imperial Balvidia Chucuito Mandosa East of Chili propria Chili Imperial THIS Country discover'd by the Spaniards Anno 1554. is term'd Chili by the Italians Spaniards French Germans and English so call'd as most imagine from a large and spacious Valley of that Name The Air of this Country during the Summer is much of the same Quality as in Spain or rather more Temperate being frequently fann'd by Westerly Sea-Breezes But in the Winter the Cold is so excessively piercing that both Man and Beast do perish in great numbers The opposite Place of the Globe to Chili is the South part of Tartary between 122 and 126 Degrees of Longitude with 25 and 44 Degrees of North Latitude The mountainous Parts of this Country it lying in the 3d 4th 5th 6th South Climate are generally Dry and Barren but in the large Valleys towards the Sea the Soil is exceeding fertil producing great plenty of Maize Wheat and most sorts of other Grain as also variety of Herbs and Fruits and the Vines brought hither from Spain do prosper extraordinary well This Country affordeth likeways some rich Mines of Gold and Silver The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 13 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 7 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold Silver Maize Corn Honey Ostridges and several Metals In Chili is a very remarkable Bird call'd Cuntur corruptedly Condor by the Spaniards which is of a prodigious Size and extremley Ravenous He frequently sets upon a Sheep or Calf and comes down with such force that his Blow is always mortal and not only kills but is also able to eat up one of 'em intirely Two of 'em will dare to assault a Cow or Bull and usually masster them The Inhabitants of the Country are not free from such Attempts but Nature hath so order'd that this destructive Creature is very rare the whole Country affording only a very small number otherways not to be inhabited Vid. J. Acosta his Natural and Moral History of the Indies Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of this Country being of a white Complexion and tall of Stature are a very warlike and couragious sort of People especially the Arauques who are as yet unconquer'd by the Spaniards For Cloathing they use nothing else than the Skins of Wild Beasts The prevailing Language of this Country is the Spanish which is not only in use among the Spaniards themselves but also is currently spoken at least understood by the Plurality of the Natives Those of 'em who entertain little Commerce with the Spaniard retain still their own Jargon as in ancient Times The Natives where they maintain their Freedom as yet are rul'd by certain Captains of their own chusing But this Country being invaded and taken Possession of by the Spaniard above an hundred Years ago is mostly subject to the Crown of Spain and rul'd by a particular Governor residing at Conception in Subordination to the Vice-Roy of Peru. The Natives of this Country excepting those converted to Christianity are generally reckon'd the grossest Idolaters of all the Americans the chief Object of their Worship being the Devil whom they term Eponamon which signifies Strong or Powerful The Spaniards here residing are Roman Catholicks as in the Kingdom of Spain SECT XI Concerning Paraguay  d. m. Situated between 307 10 of Long. It s greatest Length from N. to S. is about 1560 Miles 337 40 between 12 00 of Latit Breadth from W. to E. is about 1500 Miles 37 00 Paraguay divided into several Provinces the best known of which are Guayra Chief Town Cividad Real E. to W. on the Br. of Rio de Plat. Paragaia propria Villa Rica Chaco Conception Tucoman St. Jago Assumption W. to E. on the Rio de la Plata B. of Rio de Pl. THIS Country discovered first by John Dias de Solis but more successfully Anno 1546 when the Spaniards took Possession thereof is term'd by the Germans Paraguaii by the Italians Spaniards French and English Paraguay so call'd from a River of the same Name It 's also call'd Rio de la Plata by the Spaniards because of the aboundance of Silver they found therein The Air of this Country is generally reported to be very temperate and abundantly healthful to breath in The opposite Place of the Globe to Paraguay is that part of the Kingdom of China and the Mogul's Empire between 127
Country especially Juitland formerly Cimbrica Chersonesus a part of Ancient Scandinavia is term'd by the Italians Dania by the Spaniards Dinmarca by the French Danemarc by the High Germans Dennemark and by the English Denmark so called from the Bounds and Marâ—es of its Inhabitants the Danes whose Country bordering on the Ancient Batavi and Saxons was thereupon call'd Dane-march which Name in process of time did turn into that of Denmark The Air of this Country is much the same with that in the Southern Part of Swedeland it being extreamly Cold but in most places very wholesome The opposite place of the Globe to Denmark is that part of the Pacifick Ocean lying between 210 and 220 Degrees of Longitude with 50 and 60 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 10th and 11th North Climates is very good for Grain and Pasturage Here is abundance of Fish especially Herrings as also many wild Fowls and most kinds of wild Beasts The longest Day in the Northmost part is 17 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 8 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The Chief Commodities of this Country are Fish Tallow Furniture for Ships Armour Ox-hides Buck-skins Fir-wood and Wainscot c. Near to Sleswick Southward are yet to be seen the Remains of that famous Wall and Trench made above 880 Years ago by Gotricius then King of Denmark to hinder the Incursions of the Saxons resembling somewhat the Pict's Wall in Great Britain 2. Between Flensburg and Sleswick is a small Village which goes by the Name of Anglen remarkable in so far that from the said Village and Country adjacent came our Ancestors the Ancient Angles into Great Britain 3. In Gottorp is an admirable Globe of Copper 10 Foot ½ in Diameter so contriv'd by one of the Dukes of Holstein that by certain Wheels turn'd about by Water it represents exactly the Motions of the Coelestial Bodies As also another in the Arsenal at Copenhagen of 6 Foot Diameter fram'd by Tycho Brahe that famous Danish Astronomer 4. In the Island Ween are the Ruins of the Tower of Uraniburge renowned for the Observations made thereon by the aforesaid Tycho Braye As also the Dungeon call'd Stelliburg beset with Looking-Glasses where he was wont to sit and observe the Stars in all Seasons 5. The Island Ween is likewise remarkable in that it will harbour no Dormice none such being able to live when imported thither as also a Spring whose Waters never freez even in the extreamest Cold of Winter To these we may add as a singular Curiosity of this Country That magnificent Throne fram'd of prodigious long Horns of a certain Sea Animal which the Vulgar are willing to take for the Unicorn Vid. Dr. Brown 's Travels As for Archbishopricks in this Kingdom there 's only one viz. that of Copenhagen Bishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Sleswick Arhusen Alburg Ripen Wiburg Universities in this Kingdom are those at Copenhagen Kiel The Danes a very warlike People of old having constrain'd many of the Northern Nations to submit to the force of their Arms at some time or other are now almost of the same Temper with their Neighbours the Swedes and Germans but that they are generally esteem'd a People more given to Pride and Cunning than either of the former They are Industrious and Frugal enough as also considerable Lovers of Learning but generally greater Lovers of Excess whether in Drinking or Eating especially the former and that ever since the Juice of the Grape was recommended to them by the High Germans whom they now equal if not exceed in all manner of Carousing The Modern Language of Denmark is originally a Dialect of the Teutonit The Court Gentry and Chief Burgers commonly use the High German in ordinary Discourse and French when they talk with Strangers How the Danish Tongue differs from the High German and the Modern Language in Swedeland will best appear from their Pater-Noster which runs thus Fader vor du som est himmelen helligt vorde die naffu tilkomme dit rige vorde din vilie sâ—â— paâ— jorden som hander i himmelen Gift osz â— dagh vort daglige brod oc forlad osz vor skyld som wi forlade vare skyldener ock lead osz ickudi fristelse Men frele osz fra ont Amen This Kingdom was formerly Elective although they usually advanc'd the next Heir to the Crown until the Year 1659. that Frederick the Ill having bravely repuls'd the Swedes besieging the Capital City Copenhagen it was then rendred Hereditary to his Family The Nobility here had hitherto a considerable Stroke until these our own Days that this Kingdom is so strangely Frenchifi'd in Point of Government that the Danish and French Monarchy's are now almost of the same Mould The King assumes to himself the Power of disposing of all Heirs and Heiresses of any Note as 't is practis'd in France The Danish Law is highly to be priz'd in that it 's short and perspicuous surpassing the like of all other Nations in that respect It 's wholly founded upon Equity and Compris'd in one Quarto Volume in the Danish Tongue and that so plain that any Man may understand and plead his own Cause without the Aid of either Counsel or Attorney and no Suit is to hang in suspence beyond one Year and a Month. This is indeed a mighty Advantage and a singular Property of the Danish Law upon one hand but the same is attended with a vast Inconvenience on the other for the first and principal Article thereof runs thus That the King hath the Priviledge reserv'd to himself to explain nay to alter and change the same as he shall think good Chief Courts for Administration of Justice both in Civil and Criminal Affairs are four viz. Byfoght's Heredsfought's Lanstag and High-Right The first is peculiar for deciding Matters which happen in Cities and Towns The second for those of the Country The third is the High-Court of the Province to which Appeals are made from the two former And the fourth is the Supream of all the rest held commonly at Copenhagen and consisting of the Principal Nobility in which Court the King himself sometimes sits in Person Beside these there is the Court of Admiralty for Maritime Affairs as also a Rent Chamber resembling our Court of Exchequer for managing all Matters relating to the Publick Revenue The King of Denmark bears Party of three and Coupè of two which makes twelve Quarters In the first Or Semè of Hearts Gules three Lyons passant guardant Azure crown'd Langu'd and Arm'd of the first for Denmark 2 Gules a Lyon Rampant Or Crown'd and Arm'd of the first in his Paws a Battle-Ax Argent hilted of the second for Norway 3. Gules a Lion Passant-guardant Or on Nine Hearts of the same in Fesse for Gothland 4. Gules a Dragon crown'd Or for Schonen 5. Azure three Crowns Or for Sweden 6. Gules a
Paschal Lamb Argent supporting a Flag of the same mark'd with a Cross Gules for Juitland 7. Or two Lions Passant-guardant Azure for Sleswick 8. Gules a Fish crown'd Argent for Ice land Over these eight Quartors a great Cross Argent which is the ancient Devise of the Kingdom on the Center of which are plac'd the Arms of Dithmarsh viz. Gules a Cavalier Arm'd Argent 9. Gules a Nettle-leaf open and charg'd in the middle with a little Escucheon the whole Argent for Holstein 10. Gules a Cygnet Argent gorg'd with a Crown Or for Stormarsh 11. Gules two Fesses Or for Delmenhorst 12. Gules a Cross Pattree-fitchree Argent for Oldenburgh The Shield surrounded with the Collar of the Order of the Elephant The Crest is a Crown Or flowr'd rais'd with eight Diadems terminating in a Mond of the same For the Motto are these words Pietas Justitia coronant The Errors and Practices of the Roman Church being grown at length so intollerable that an Universal Reformation became expedient this Kingdom among the other Northern Crowns threw off that insupportable Yoak and cordially embrac'd the Doctrine of Luther which being allow'd off by Frederick the First about the middle of the last Century was so firmly and universally establish'd in Denmark that in all the Danish Dominions there is no other Religion but Lutheranism profess'd except some French Refugees who are allow'd a Church at Copenhagen and a few Popish Families who were lately permitted to perform their Worship in a Chappel at Gluckstat The Danish Clergy do still retain the Practice of Confession which all Persons are oblig'd unto before they participate of the Blessed Sacrament of the Lord's Supper they likewise retain Crucifixes and several Ceremonies of the Roman Church Christianity was fully Establisht in this Country about the middle of the XII Century and that by the means of Pope Adrian the IV. an Englishman who before his Assumption of the Popedom was term'd Nicholaus Breakspear §. 3. NORWAY THis Country formerly Norvegia a Part of Ancient Scandinavia is term'd by the Italians Neruegia by the Spaniards Noruega by the French Norwegue by the Germans Norwegen and by the English Norway so call'd from its Northern Situation Nort being for North and weg way seeing it is the way to and from the North in respect of the rest of Europe The Air of this Country is so extreamly Cold especially towards the North parts of the Kingdom that 't is but thinly inhabited and that by the meanest of People The opposite Place of the Globe to Norway is part of the Pacifick Ocean between 200 and 230 Degrees of Longitude with 60 and 70 Degrees of South Latitude By reason of the excessive Coldness of the Country it lying in the 11th 12th and 13th North Climate the Soil is very barren not having force enough to produce the very necessaries of Life the Common People being forced to use dry Fish instead of Bread In short this Country is overspread either with vast Forrests barren Mountains or formidable Rocks In the Northmost parts of it the longest Day is above two Months the Sun not setting for that time the shortest in the Southmost about 6 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The Chief Commodities of this Country are Stock-fish Rich Furs Train-Oyl Pitch and Tackling for Ships as Masts Cables Deal-boards and the like which the Inhabitants exchange for Corn Wine Fruits Beer and other Necessaries of Life What chiefly deserves the Name of Rarity in this Country is that remarkable Lake near Drontheim whose Waters never freeze even in the dead of Winter notwithstanding of the excessive Cold at that Season Near to the Isle of Hiteren is that wonderful and dangerous Whirly-pool commonly call'd Maelstroom and by Navigators The Navel of the Sea which swallows up Ships with their whole Cargo if they unhappily approach too nigh Archbishopricks in this Kingdom only one viz. that of Drontheim Bishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Anslo Bergen Staffanger Universities in this Kingdom None The Norvegians being notorious Pyrates of old became very formidable to several of the Northern Nations are now lookt upon as a very mean simple and ignorant sort of People a People however that 's very hardy much given to Toiling and Labour very Just in their Dealings and abundantly Civil after their own Manner to the few Strangers who come among them In the Northmost Parts of the Kingdom they have no Towns but generally live in Tents and Travel in great Companies from one place to another in Hunting The Language now spoken in this Country especicially in all the civilized Parts thereof is little different from that us'd in the Kingdom of Denmark a Specimen of which is already given in the foregoing Paragraph This Kingdom was formerly a distinct Body by it self and independent of any other but being incorporated with Denmark Anno 1387. is now subject to his Danish Majesty who besides particular Governors in the five Castles of Bahus Aggerus c. abovemention'd doth ordinarily keep a Vice-Roy there for the better Administration of the Publick Affairs of that Kingdom his Place of Residence is commonly at Bergen and his Power is extraordinary great See Denmark The establisht Religion in Norway is the same as in Denmark only that in the Northmost Parts of the Kingdom the knowledge of Christiany which was at first planted in this Country much about the same time with the two other Northern Crowns is so decay'd that on the Borders of Lapland they differ but little from mere Heathens MOSCO VIE or RVSSIE SECT II. Concerning Moscovia  d. m.  Miles Situated between 46 00 of Long. It s greatest Length is about 1630. 105 00 between 45 10 of Lat. Breadth is about 1500. 71 00 Divided into North Chief Town St. Michael Arch-Angel South Moscow Capital City More Particularly North contains many Provinces but chiefly these of Trines Chief Town W. to E. Kargapolia Kargapol Dwina St. Michael Arch-Angel Condora Wirgatouria Sibiria Tobol Obdora Berezow Vologda Idem upon the upper part of the Dwina South containing many Provinces but chiefly these of Casan Chief Town Idem from E. to W. upon the Volga Mordowitz None remarkable Nisi Novogrod Idem Volodimir Idem Moscow Idem Astracan Idem at the Mouth of the Volga Novogrod Weleki Idem Between the Lake Ilmins and Peipus Pleskow Idem Severia Novogrod-Sewarski S. W. of Moscow §. 2. MOSCOVIA THIS Country containing much of Sarmatia Europaea and part of Sarmatia Asiatica being also nam'd Russia from the Ancient People of that Country call'd Rossi or Russi is term'd by the Italians Moscouia by the Spaniards Moscovia by the French Moscovie or Russie Blanche by the Germans Moscau and by the English Moscovia or Moscovy so call'd from its chief Province of that Name whose Denomination is deriv'd from Moschi or Mosci an Ancient People first inhabiting that Part of
oock wy vergeven onse schuldenaren Ende en lept ons niet in versoeckinge â—naer verlost on s van den boosen Amen The seven Provinces of Holland being under a Democratical Government are as it were several Commonwealths each Province being a distinct State yea and every City having an independent Power within it self to judge of all causes whether Civil or Criminal and to inflict even Capital Punishments But all joyning together make up one Republick the most considerable in the World which Republick is govern'd by the Assembly of the States-General consisting of Seven Voices each Province having One To this Assembly whose place of Meeting is ordinarily at the Hague belongeth the Power of making War or Peace receiving and dispatching of Ambassadors inspecting into the Condition of Frontier Towns and Assigning what Summs of Money must be levied for the publick Service Matters are not determin'd here in this Assembly by Plurality of Voices but all the Provinces must come to an unanimous Consent and each Representative returning to his respective Province must propose the Matter in a Provincial Assembly consisting of Deputies from all Cities of that Province which Deputies must also return and receive the Consent of their Principals otherways nothing can be concluded In this Assembly of the States-General the seven Provinces have still given their Voices in order following viz. Guelders and Zutphen first because Guelders is the eldest and her Plenipotentiaries did first propose the Union then Holland 3dly Zeland 4thly Utrecht 5thly Friesland 6thly Over-Yssel and lastly Groningen Assistant to this Assembly is the Council of State compos'd of twelve Persons whereof Guelderland sends 2 Holland 3 Zealand 2 Utrecht 2 Friexland 1 Over-Yssel 1 and Groningen 1 whose business is to deliberate Previously upon those Matters which are to be brought before the States-General as also to state the Expence for the succeeding Year and to propose Ways and Means how to Levy the same Subservient to this Council is the Chamber of Accounts compos'd of two Deputies from each Province whose Office it is to examin the publick Accounts and dispose of the Finances And whensoever the States do Order the fitting out a Fleet the Care of the same and Ordering of all Marine Affairs do rely upon the Council of the Admiralty to which are Subordinate five Colledges in the three Maritime Provinces viz. Holland Zealand and Friezland who take Care to execute all Orders of that Council according as they are sent to them from time to time The Ensigns Armorial of the Seven United Provinces or States of Holland are Or a Lion Gules holding with one Paw a Cutleas and with the other a Bundle of seven Arrows closely bound together in allusion to the seven Confederate Provinces with the following Motto Concordiâ res parvae crescunt No Country in Europe can boast of more Religions and yet perhaps no part of Christendom may be truly said to be less Religious than this is Here indeed we may see all Sects and Parties in the open Profession of their respective Tenets all Professions being tolerated for Tradings sake and yet that which the Apostle St. James chap. 1. v. 27. calls the pure and undefiled Religion before God and the Father is as little if not less known here than in any Christian Country whatsoever That publickly profess'd and generally receiv'd is the Reform'd Religion according to the Tenets of Judicious Calvin Christianity was first planted in this Country about the same time with Upper Germany of which afterwards §. 2. FLANDERS THis Country the ancient Gallia Belgica it term'd by the Italians Flandra by the Spaniards Flandes by the French Flandres by the Germans Flandern and by the English Flanders so call'd as some imagin from Flamdebert Nephew to Clodion the 2d King of France who flourisht about the beginning of the fifth Century But others are willing rather to derive it from Flandrina Wife to Liderick the 2d who was Prince of Bun and Grand Forester of Flanders and govern'd it according to the Orders of Charlemaigne and Lewis Debonnaire The Air of these various Provinces is generally esteem'd indifferent healthful yet the Moistness of the Soil doth frequently occasion thick Fogs in the Winter which would prove very prejudicial to the Inhabitants did not dry Easterly Winds from the main Continent purify the Air and occasion hard Frosts for several Months The opposite Place of the Globe to Flanders is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 205 and 210 Degrees of Longitude with 49 and 51 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 9th Northern Climate is not the same in all Parts being in some considerably better than others but yet good in all So fertile is it in Grain Roots and many sorts of Fruits that 't is hardly to be parallel'd by any Spot of Ground in the same Climate In the Counties of Hannonia and Namur as likewise in the Bishoprick of Liege are found some Mines of Iron and Lead with Quarties of Marble and several Pits of excellent Coal The Length of the Days and Nights is the same as in the North of France and South of England The chief Commodities of this Country being the Product of their Manufactures are Tapestries Worsted-Stuffs Linnen Cloth Wrought Silks Camblets Lace c. Near to St. Omers is a large Lake in which are divers floating Islands most of them inhabited and moveable by Ropes ty'd to strong Poles fixt fast in the Ground and in one of them is a Church with a Monastery of the Order of St. Bernard At Tongres 10 Miles North-West from Liege are to be seen some Monuments of ancient Temples and other Buildings erected by the Romans In the stately Cathedral of Antwerp dedicated to the Blessed Virgin are no less than 66 different Chappels At Ghent is a Tower call'd Belfart in which hangs a Bell nam'd Roland which weighs 11000 Pounds Remarkable is the Sounding-Gallery in Brussels which repeats an Echo 15 times and Spaa or Spaw a Village in the B. of Liege is famous all the World over for its curious Springs of Medicinal Waters Arch-Bishopricks in this Country are those of Malines Cambray Bishopricks in this Country are those of Liege Antwerp Gaunt Bruges Ypres Ruremond Bois le Duc. Arras Tournay S. Omers Namur Universities in this Country are those of Louvaine Doway Liege The Inhabitants of these various Provinces being for the most part a mixture of Spanish French and Dutch their Character in general will be best learn'd by considering the respective Characters of these three Nations which may be seen in their proper places and comparing them one with another The Language vulgarly us'd in Flanders is that call'd the Waloon excepting those Provinces which border on Holland where the Dutch prevails which is a corrupt French with an intermixture of several Dutch and many Spanish words How it differeth from the
pure French will best appear by their Pater Noster which runs thus Nos peer qui êt au Cieux sanctifie soi te Nom Adveen ton Rejam ta Volonté se fait en terre comme es Cieux Donne noy ajord ' huy no pain quotidien pardonne no det comme no pardonnon a nos detteux ne no indu en tentation mais delivre nos des maux Ansi soit il This Countrey viz. all those Provinces belonging to the Spaniard before the late War and now restor'd doth acknowledge his Catholick Majesty as Supream Lord who Rules the same by his Substitute styl'd Governour-General of the Netherlands Which Post is at present enjoy'd by his Electoral Highness Duke of Bavaria and now made Hereditary to him since Anno 1692. For his Assistance he is allow'd three Councils viz. 1. The Council of State in which are transacted the weightiest Affairs such as relate to Peace and War Leagues and Alliances c. 2. The Privy-Council which determineth the Limits of Provinces publisheth Edicts and decideth Matters brought thither by Appeal from other Courts of Judicature 3. The Council of Finances to whom belongeth the Care and Management of the Royal Revenue and Taxes supervising the Accounts of Receivers and proportioning the Expence or Charge of the War To Levy Money and to Enact new Laws is the Business of the Convention of the Estates consisting of the Nobility principal Persons of the Clergy and Deputies of the chief Cities who ordinarily Assemble at Bruxels when call'd by the Governour-General For the better maintaining the Peace through all the Provinces and taking due Care of the Standing Forces each Province hath a particular Governour appointed in Subordination to the Governour-General And for an Universal Administration of Justice every Province hath its peculiar Provost and over all is appointed one Grand Provost whose Power in Criminal Matters is reckon'd very great See Spain The Religion predominant in all the Provinces of the Netherlands before the dawning of that happy day of our Reformation was intirely the Doctrine of the Roman Church But the Errors and Absurdities of that Doctrine being openly expos'd to the World by our wise Reformers the King of Spain to hinder a farther Progress in that matter set up the most severe and barbarous Court of Inquisition which occasion'd no small Disturbance and at last a bloody War that ended in a total Alienation of the Seven United Provinces the other Ten still remaining in the Profession of the Romish Religion as at this day and that in its grossest Errors Christianity was planted in this Country about the same time with the United Provinces §. 3. UPPER GERMANY THis Country containing only a part of Ancient Germany as also a little of Gaul Illyricum with some of Old Italy is term'd by the Italians Alta Allemagna by the Spaniards Aleâ—â—nia alâ—a by the French Haute Allemagne by the Germans Overteutschland and by the English Germany Why so call'd is much Controverted by our Modern Criticks some German Authors being willing to derive its Etymology from words in their own Language as â—â—or-mannen i. e. very much Men. Others from Geren signifying to Gather because the Germans seem'd to be an 〈◊〉 of many Nations others from Gar and Man to denote that they were a Warlike People Some tho' with little ground would fain allow it an Hebrew Derivation But the most probable Opinion of all is that the Inhabitants of this Country were called Germani by the Romans either because they were a sincere and honest sort of People or thereby to denote that they were Brothers to their Neighbours the Gaules The Air of this Country differeth considerably according to the Situation of the various Parts of this large Continent Towards the North it 's generally very Cold but in the Southmost Provinces it 's of the same Temper as in those places of France which lie under the same Parallels The opposite Place of the Globe to Germany is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 215 and 225 Degrees of Longitude with 45 and 55 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 8th 9th 10th and 11th North Climate is very different according to the Situation of its different Parts In the Southern Circles as also those in the middle part of the Continent particularly the Upper and Lower Rhine there is hardly any Country in the World can excel them for plenty of Fruits Corn and Wine but towards the North namely the two Saxonies and Westphalia the Soil is not near so fertile especially in Wine Grapes never coming to full perfection there however as for Corn and Pasturage they are abundantly furnisht with them and the whole Country in the main is tollerably pleasant healthful and profitable abounding not only with all things necessary but also with many of the Comforts of human Life The longest Day in the North-most Part is about 17 Hours ¼ The shortest in the South-most 8 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Corn Metals Allom Salt Wine Flesh Linnen Quicksilver Armours and Iron Works c. What Things do mostly merit the Epithet of Rare and Curious in this vast Country are reducible to these following Heads viz. 1. Some very observable Springs as That near Geesbach in Alsace whose Top is covered with a foul fat Oily substance ordinarily us'd by the Peasants thereabouts as common Wheel Grease Another near Paterborn in Westphalia call'd Methorn which hath three Streams very different from one another both in Colour Tast and Qualities and a Third in the Diocess of Paterborn observable in that it loseth it self twice every 24 Hours returning always back at the Interval of 6 Hours and that with such Violence as to drive three Mills not far from its Source Here also are many Salt Springs particularly That near Lunenburg in the D. of Lunenburg another at Hall in Upper Saxony and a third at Saltzwedel in the Marquisate of Brandenburg To these we may add a vast multitude of Springs whose Waters are highly priz'd both for Purging and Bathing especially the latter as particularly Those at Stugart in Wirtenburg Those at Aix le Chapelle in Westphalia and those in the Marquisate of Baden from whence the whole Country derives its Name 2. Some strange kind of Lakes particularly that in Carniola call'd the Zirchnitzer-Sea in length about two German miles and one broad Observable for its many subterraneous Caves and Passages into which both the Water and Fishes of the Lake do yearly retire in the month of June and return again about September As also another in Suabia the Nature of whose Waters is such that they actually singe Fishing-Nets when sunk to the bottom 3. Remarkable Caves particularly that near Blackenburg in Lower Saxony commonly call'd Buman's Hole of which none hath yet found the End tho' many have travell'd a vast way into it
Jaen Chief Town Idem E. to S. W. upon the Guadalquivir or nigh to it Cordova Idem Archbishoprick of Sevilla Idem Bishoprick of Cadiz Idem D. of Medina Sidonia Idem Southward §. 6. Granada a Kingdom Cont. the Bishoprick of Almeria Ch. Town Idem Southward upon the Sea-Coast Guadix Idem E. to S. W. Archbishoprick of Granada Idem Bishoprick of Malaga Idem §. 7. Murcia a Kingdom Contain Murcia properly so call'd Ch. T. Murcia E. to W. Territory of Lorca Idem Cartagena Idem Southward upon the Sea-Coast §. 8. Valencia a Kingdom Contains the Provinces of Millares Chief Town Villa Hermosa N. to S. Xucar Valencia Segura 〈◊〉 §. 9. Catalonia a Principality Contains the Territ of Puigcerda Chief Town Idem N. E. to S. W. upon the Ebro La seu d' Urgel Idem Balaguer Idem Lerida Idem Tortosa Idem Girona Idem E. to W. nigh unto or upon the Sea-coast Barcelona Idem Villa Franca de Panades Idem Terragona Idem To these add the Country of Rousillon Chief Town Perpignan S. of Narbone in Lower Languedoc §. 10. Arragon a Kingdom Contains the Bishopricks of Jaca Chief Town Idem N. W. to S. E. Huesca Idem Balbastro Idem Archbishopr of Saragosa or Caragoca Idem upon the Ebro Bishopricks of Taracona Idem N. to S. Alborazin Idem Tervel Idem §. 11. Navarr a Kingdom Contains the Majorships of Pampelona Chief Town Idem N. to S. Olita Idem Tudela Idem Estella Idem W. to E. Sanguesa Idem §. 12. Old Castile a Province Contains the Territories of â—â—rgos Chief Town Idem W. to S. E. Rioja Logronno Calahorra Idem Soria Idem E. to W. on the Douro Osma Idem Valladolid Idem Segovia Idem 56 m. S. E. of Valladolid Avila Idem 63 m. S. §. 13. New Castile comprehending Extrema Dura Being divided into North the Tago Middle between the Tago and Guadiana South of Guadiana North contains the Towns of Coria W. to E. Placentia Toledo Madrid All 3 N. E. of Toledo Alcala de Henares Guadalaxara Middle contains the Towns of Alcantara upon the Tago Merida upon the Guadiana Truxille 36 miles N. E. of Merida Cuensa upon the Xucar South contains the Towns of Badajos From W. to E. Ellenera Cividad Rea Alcaraz §. 14. Leon a Kingdom Being divided into North the Douro C. T. in N. are Palencia E. to S. W. on the Douro Toro Zamora Leon N. to S. W. Astorga South C. T. in S. are Salamanca N. to S. E. S. W. of Alva Cividad Rodrigo S. W. of Salamanca THIS large Continent being now Subject to two distinct Sovereigns viz His Catholick Majesty and the King of Portugal I shall separately consider these two Sovereignities Therefore SPAIN THIS Country formerly Iberia Hesperia and by some Spania is term'd by the Italians Spagna by its Natives EspaÌ„na by the French Espagne by the Germans Spamen and by the English Spain so call'd as some fancy from a certain King nam'd Hispanus others from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 raritas vel penuria because of its scarcity of Inhabitants But the most receiv'd Opinion is That it came from Hispalis now Seville the chief City of the whole Country in former times The Air of this Country is generally very pure and calm being seldom infested with Mists and Vapours but in the Summer so extreamly hot especially in the Southmost Provinces that 't is both dangerous ' and inconvenient for the Inhabitants to stir abroad about Noon from the middle of May to the last of August The opposite Place of the Globe to Spain is that part of Zelandia nova or some of the ill known Continent lying between 190 and 202 Degrees of Longitude with 36 and 44 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 6th and 7th North Climate is in many places very Dry and Barren several of the Inland Provinces being either overgrown with Woods or cumbered with Sandy and Rocky Mountains and others whose Soil is naturally fertil are for the most part wholly neglected lying waste and uncultivated for many Years and that by reason of the fewness or rather the detestable Laziness of its Inhabitants But this defect of Corn and other Grain which ariseth partly from the Nature of the Country but more from the Temper of the People is sufficiently supplied by various sorts of excellent Fruits and Wines which with little Art and Labour are here produc'd in great plenty The longest Day in the Northmost part of this Country is about 15 Hours ¼ the shortest in the South is 9 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Wines Oyls Sugar Metals Rice Silk Liquorish Honey Flax Saffrom Annifeed Raisins Almonds Oranges Lemons Cork Soap Anchovies Sumack Wooll Lamb-Skins and Tobacco c. Nigh to the City of Cadiz is an old ruinous Building now converted into a Watch-Tower which some would fain perswade themselves to be the Remains of Hercules his Pillars so much talkt off by the Ancients In the City Granada is the large Sumptuous Palace of the Moorish Kings whose inside is beautifi'd with Jasper and Porphery and adorn'd with divers Arabick and Mosaick Inscriptions At Terragona in Catalonia are to be seen the Ruins of an Ancient Circus in the Street call'd la Placa de la Fuente and at Segovia in Old Castile are the Remains of a Noble Aqueduct built by the Emperor Trajan and supported by an Hundred and Seventy seven Arches in double Rows reaching from one Hill to another Without the Walls of Toledo was an ancient large Theatre some part whereof is yet standing Here also is an admirable Modern Aqueduct contriv'd by Joanniltus Turrianus a Frenchman according to the Order of Philip II. At Orense in Gallicia are several Springs of Medicinal hot Waters wonderfully esteem'd off by the ablest Physicians At the City of Toledo is a Fountain whose Waters near the Bottom are of an Acid Taste but towards the Surface extreamly Sweet Near Guadalaxara in New Castile is a Lake which never fails to send forth dreadful Howlings before a Storm The Cathedral Church of Murcia containing above four hundred Chappels is remarkable for its curious Steeple which is so built that a Chariot may easily ascend to the Top thereof Many talk of a Ship of Stone with Masts Sails and Tackling to be seen in the Port of Mongia in Gallicia As to the River Guadiana its diving under Ground from whence 't was formerly call'd Anas the same iâ— so notorious that we need say nothing of it Archbishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Compostella Granada Tarragona Burgos Sevil Valentia Saragossa Toledo Bishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Oviedo Malaga Jacca Segovia Lugo Cartagena Balbatro Cuenza Mondonedo Segorve Terver Cividad Reale Corunna Origuella Albarazin Siguenza Tuy Barcelona Pamplona Leon Orense Tortosa Valladolid Salamanca Cordova Lerida Calahorra Toro Cadiz Solsona Placentia Astorga Jaen Vich Coria Palencia Guadix Tarazona Avila Zamora Almeria
S. Maurice from E. to W. Monstiers Beaufort Constans M. Melian Chambery Arc are those of S. Michael from E. to W. S. Jaen de Maurienne Seran are those of Rumilly from S. to N. Annacy Arve are those of Salanches from E. to W. Cluse Bonne Ville la Roche PIEDMONT Comprehends the Dukedom of Aouste Chief Town Aouste 44 m. N. of Turin Marquisate of Jurea Jurea 22 m. N. Susa Susa 24 m. N. W. County of Asti Asti 26 m. E. Seignory of Vercelli Idem 12 m. N. of â—â—sal Territories of Nizza Idem upon the Sea-Coast Princip of Piedinont properly so called Turin upon the River Po. Piedmont properly so called Comprehends the Territories of Turino Chief Town Idem N. to S. upon the Po. Chieri Idem Carignan Idem Carmagnola Idem Salutzo Idem Cavîgliano Idem Lucerna Idem 5 m. S. of Pignerol Cherasco Idem N. to S. upon the Tanaro Mindovi Idem Ceva Idem Tossano Idem N. to S. upon the Stura Coni Idem MONTFERRAT Comprehends the Territories of Trino Chief Town Idem N. to S. Casal Idem Alba Idem Acqui Idem Spin Idem 8 m. S. W. of Acqui MILAN Comprehends the Territories of Angiera Chief Town Idem from W. to S. E. Novarese Novara Vigevanasco Vigevano Pavese Pavia Lodegiano Lodi Cremonese Cremona Milaneze Milan S. to N. Comese Como Allessandrinese Allessandria W. to E. Laumelline Valenza Tortonese Tortona Bobbiese Bobbio PARMA Comprehends the D. of 〈…〉 so call'd 〈…〉 Idem 〈◊〉 E to W. 〈…〉 Idem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈…〉 〈…〉 N. to S. 〈…〉 〈…〉 MODENA Comprehends the D. of Modena prop. so call'd Chief Town Idem Eastward Regto Idem Westward Mirandula Idem Northward Corregie Idem 11 m. N. E. of Regio Principality of Carpi Idem 14 m. MANTOVA Comprehends the D. of Montoua prop. so call'd Chief Town Mantoua Northward Sabionetta Id. 18 m. S. W. of Mantoua 〈…〉 Idem 18 m. S. Principality of Bozzolo Id. 18 m. S. W. Marquisate of Castiglon Castillan-de-Silver 6m N. E. of Mantua VENICE Comprehends the Territories of Dogado Chief Town Venice from E. to W. Paduano Padua Vicentino Vicenza Veronese Verona Brescâ—ano Brescia Bergamasco Bergamo Frluli Uddine W. to E. Istria Cabo d'Istria Aquileija Idem in Friuli 22 m. S E. of Uddin Cremasco Crema 24 m. S. of Bergamo Polâ—sin-de-Rovigo Rovigo 22 m. S. of Padua Marca Trevigiano Trevigio 17 m. N. W. of Venice Trevigiano contains the Territories of Trevigiano prop. Trevigie S. to N. Feltrino Feltri Bellunese Belluno Cadrino Codore GENOVA Comprehends the Principality of 〈◊〉 Chief Town Idem W. to E. Territory of 〈◊〉 Idem Principality of 〈◊〉 Idem Marquisate of 〈◊〉 Idem Territory of 〈…〉 Idem 〈…〉 Idem  〈…〉 Idem 〈…〉 Idem TRENT Comprehends only the Bishoprick of Trent Chief Town Idem upon the A. dige §. 2. In the Middle Part. The Land of the Church of Papacy Comprehends the D. of Ferrara Chief Town Ferrara N. W. to S. E. Bolognese Bologna Prov. of Romagna Ravenn 〈…〉 D. of Urbine Urbino Marq. of Ancona Ancona C. of Citta de Castello Citta de Castello N. to S. Terr of Perugiano Perugia Orvietano Orvieto D. of Castro Castro St. Peters Patrimony Viterbo 14 m. S. E. of Orvieto Campagnia 〈…〉 Rome S. to N. Sabino Magliano 20 m. N. of Rome D. of Spoleto Spoleto TUSCANY Comprehends the Terr of Florence Chief Town Idem N. E. to S. W. Pisa Idem Sienna Idem N. E. to S. W. Princip of Piombino Idem Isle of Elbai Cosmopoli D. of Carrara and Massa Massa 24 m. N. W. of Pisa State of Presidii Orbitello 55 m. E. of Cosmopoli The Republicks of Luca S. Marino Comprehend only the Territories of these two free Cities of Luca Sltuated 8 m. N. E. of Pisa S. Marino 17 m. N. W. of Urbine §. 3. In the Lower Part. The Kingdom of NAPLES Comprehends the Provinces of Abruzzo the 〈◊〉 Chief Town Aquila From N. W. to S. E. upon the Adriatick Gulph Abruzzo the nigher Civitta di Chie Molissa Bojano Capitinate or Puglia Mandfredonia Terra di Bari Bari Terra di Otranto Otranto Terra di Lavoro Naples From N. W. to S. E. upon the Tyrrhenean Sea Further Principate Benevento Nigher Principate Salerno Basilicate Cirenza Calabria the nigher Cosenze Calabria the farther Regie THIS Country known of old by the Names of Hesperia Saturnia Latium Ausonia Oenotria and Janicula is term'd by its Natives and Spaniards Italia by the French Italie by the Germans Italien and by the English Italy so call'd as most Authors conjecture from Italus an Ancient King of the Siculi who leaving their Island came into this Country and possessing themselves of the middle part thereof called the whole Italia from the Name of their Prince The Air of this Country is generally Pure Temperate and Healthful to breathe in except the Land of the Church where 't is ordinarly reckon'd more gross and unwholesome as also the Southern Parts of Naples where for several Months in the Summer 't is scorching Hot being of the like Quality with the Air of those Provinces in Spain which lie under the same Parallels of Latitude The opposite Place of the Globe to Italy is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean lying between 205 and 220 Degrees of Longitude with 38 and 48 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 6th and 7th North Climate is very fertile generally yielding in great abundance the choicest of Corn Wines and Fruit. Its Woods are for the most part continually green and well-stor'd with the best of wild and tame Beasts Its Mountains do afford several kinds of Metal particularly those in Tuscany and Naples which are said to yield some rich Mines of Silver and Gold Here is also a great quantity of true Albaster and the purest of Marble In short this Country is generally esteem'd the Garden of Europe and so stately and magnificent are its numerous Cities that I cannot omit the following Epithets commonly bestow'd on divers of them as Rome the Sacred Naples the Noble Florence the Fair Venice the Rich Genoa the Stately Milan the Great Ravenna the Ancient Padua the Learned Bononia the Fat Leghorn the Merchandizing Verona the Charming Luca the Jolly and Casal the Strong The chief Commodities of this Country are Wines Corn Rice Silks Velvets Taffaties Sattins Grograins Fustians Gold-wire Allom Armour Glasses and such like To reckon up all those things in Italy that truly deserve the Epithet of Rare and Curious would far surpass our designed brevity I shall therefore confine my self to one sort of Rarities namely The most noted Remains or Monuments of Reverend Antiquity which in effect are most worthy of our regard they being very useful in giving some Light to several parts of the Roman History In viewing of which Antiquities I shall reduce them all to Three Classes viz. Those that are to be seen in the City of Rome it self Secondly In the Kingdom of Naples And lastly In
unwholesome to Breath in which is chiefly occasion'd from much Marish Ground and many Lakes wherewith this Country abounds The opposite Place of the Globe to Hungary is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 218 and 233 Degrees of Longitude with 43 and 49 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 7th and 8th North Climate is very fruitful in Corn and Roots and various sorts of pleasant Fruit affording also excellent Pasturage and several of its Mountains produce some valuable Mines of Copper Iron Quicksilver Antimony and Salt Yea so noted is this Country for Mines that no less than Seven Remarkable Towns go by the Name of Mine Towns the Chief of which is Chremnuz whose Mine hath been wrought in about 900 Years The Length of the Days and Nights in Hungary is much the same as in the Southern Circles of Germany This being an Inland Country and thereby having no settl'd Trade with Foreign Parts we may reckon the Product of the Soil the Chief Commodities with which the Inhabitants deal with their Neighbours Here are many Natural Baths especially those at Buda which are reckon'd the noblest in Europe not only for their variety of Hot Springs but also the magnificency of their Buildings There are likeways two Hot Bagnio's near Transchin upon the Confines of Moravia and others at Schemnitz in Upper Hungary Besides which there are Waters in several Parts of this Country of a pettifying Nature and others that corrode Iron to such a degree that they 'll consume a Horse-shoe in twenty four Hours Near Esperies in Upper Hungary are two deadly Fountains whose Waters send forth such an infectious Steam that it kills either Beast or Bird approaching the same for the preventing of which they 're walled round and kept always cover'd Archbishopricks in this Country are those of Gran Colocza Bishopricks in this Country are those of Angria Quinque Ecclesiae Vesprin Neytracht Raab Great Waradin What Universities are establish'd in this Country since the retaking of it from the Infidels is uncertain The Hungarians more addicted to Mars than Minerva are generally lookt upon as good Soldiers being Men for the most part of a strong and well proportion'd Body valiant and daring in their Undertakings but reputed Cruel and Insulting when Conquerors The Hungarians have a peculiar Language of their own which hath little or no Affinity with those of the Neighbouring Nations save only the Sclavonic from which it hath borrow'd several Words and which is also spoken in some Parts of this Country as the German is in others Pater-Noster in the Hungarian Tongue runs thus My atyanc ki vagy az mennyekben szenteltessec mega te neved jojon el az te orszagod légven megâ te akaratod mint az menyben ugy itt ez foldonois az mimindennapi kenyirunket add meg nekunc ma es boczasd meg miné cunc az mi vet keinket miképpem miis megboczatunc azoknac az kic mi ellenunc vet keztenec es ne vigi minket az kisertetbe de szabadits meg minket az gonosztol Amen This Kingdom at present is Elective and being almost wholly recover'd from the Ottoman Slavery by the late successful Progress of the Imperial Arms is now dependent on the Jurisdiction of the Emperor who is stil'd King thereof The Assembly of the States consists of the Clergy Barons Noblemen and Free Cities who usually meet once every three Years which Assembly hath Power to elect a Palatin who by the Constitutions of the Realm ought to be a Native of Hungary and to him belongs the management of all Military Concerns as also the Administration of Justice in Affairs both Civil and Criminal See Germany The prevailing Religion in this Country is that of the Church of Rome especially since the late Conquests made by the Imperial Arms Next to it is the Doctrine of Luther and Calvin which is zealously maintain'd by great Multitudes of People and many of 'em are Persons of considerable Note Besides these are to be found most Sorts and Sects of Christians as also many Jews and Mahometans not a few This Kingdom receiv'd the Knowledge of the Blessed Gospel in the beginning of the Eleventh Century and that by the Industrious Preaching of Albert Archbishop of Prague §. 2. GREECE THIS Country formerly Graecia and Hellis is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Grecia by the French la Grece by the Germans Griechenland and by the English Greece why so call'd is variously conjectur'd of all by our Modern Criticks but the most receiv'd Opinion is that the Name derives its Original from an Ancient Prince of that Country call'd Graecus The Air of this Country being generally Pure and Temperate is reckon'd by all to be very pleasant and healthful to â—â—eathe in The opposite Place of the Globe to Greece is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 225 and 232 Degrees of Longitude with 36 and 42 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying under the 6th North Climate is not only very fit for Pasture there being much fertil Champaign Ground but also it affords good sloâ— of Grain where duly Manur'd and abounds with excellent 〈◊〉 and other delicious Fruits The longest Day in the Noâ—â— most part of Greece is about 15 Hours the shortest in the Southmost 9 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably 〈…〉 Commodities of this Country are reckon'd 〈…〉 Oyl Turkey-Leather Coke Soap Honey Wax c. At 〈◊〉 a little Village on the South of M. 〈◊〉 now 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 are some Inscriptions which â—vince it to have been the Ancient Delphi so famous all the World over for the Oracle of Apollo 2 On the aforesaid Mountain is a pleasant Spring which having several Marble Seeps descending â—o it and many Niches made in the Rock for Statues give 〈◊〉 to think that this was the renowned â—ons Castchue or Caballinus which inspir'd as People then imagin'd the Ancient Poets 3. In Livadia the Ancient Achaia is a hideous Cavern in a Hill which was very famous of old for the Oracles of Trophonius 4. Between the large Lake of Livadia and the Eubaean Sea whose shortest distance is four Miles are upwards of forty wonderful Subterraneous Passages hewen out of the firm Rock and that quite under a huge Mountain to let the Water have a Vent otherways the Lake being surrounded with Hills and constantly suppli'd by several Rivulets from these Hills would still overflow the Adjacent Country 5. On M. Oneius in the Isthmus of Corinth are the Remains of the Isthmian Theatre being the Place where the Isthmian Games were formerly celebrated 6. Here are also some Vestigia of that Wall built by the Lacedemonians from one Sea to the other for securing the Peninsula from the Incursions of the Enemy 7. Through most Parts of Greece are still extant the Ruins of many Heathen Temples especially that of the
doth far more prevail The chief Tenets of the Mahometan Religion may be seen § 4. of this Section to which I remit the Reader As for Christianity 't is profess'd in this Country according to the Doctrine of the Greek Church the Principal Points of which as it differs from the Western Christian Churches whether Protestant or Roman are these following viz 1. The Greeks deny the Procession of the Holy Ghost from the Son asserting that it proceedeth only from the Father through the Son 2. They also deny the Doctrine of Purgatory yet usually pray for the Dead 3. They believe that the Souls of the Faithful departed this Life are not admitted unto the Beatifick Vision till after the Resurrection 4. They celebrate the Blessed Sacrament of the Eucharist in both Kinds but make the Communicant take three Morsels of Leaven'd Bread and three Sips of Wine in Honour of the Three Persons of the Adorable Trinity 5. They admit Children to participate of the Sacrament of the Lord's Supper when only seven Years of Age because then it is say they that they begin to Sin 6. They allow not of Extream Unction and Confirmation and disapprove of fourth Marriages 7 They admit none into Holy Orders but such as are married and inhibit all second Marriages being once in Orders 8. They reject all Carved Images but admit of Pictures wherewith they adorn their Churches Lastly They observe four Lents in the Year and esteem it unlawful to Fast upon Saturdays In their Publick Worship they use four Liturgies viz. That commonly call'd St. James's St. Chrysostom's St. Basil's and St. Gregory the Great 's together with Lessons out of the Lives of their Saints which makes their Service to be of such a tedious and indiscreet length that it commonly lasts five or six Hours together The Fasts and Festivals that are yearly observ'd in the Greek Church are very numerous and were it not for them 't is probable that Christianity had been quite extirpated out of this Country ere now For by means of these Solemnities which yet are celebrated with a multitude of Ridiculous and Superstitious Ceremonies they still preserve a Face of Religion under a Patriarch who resides at Constantinople and several Archbishops and Bishops particularly those abovemention'd But did we view those Ecclesiasticks in their Intellectuals as also the lamentable State of all Persons committed to their Charge we should find both Priest and People labouring under such gross and woful Ignorance that we could not refrain from wishing that the Western Churches of Christendom by their Divisions Impieties and Abuse of Knowledge may not provoke the Almighty at last to plague them likeways with the same Darkness and Desolation This Country was watered with the Blessed Gospel in the very Infancy of Christianity and that by the powerful Preaching of St. Paul the Apostle of the Gentiles §. 3. Little Tartary THIS Country anciently Taurica Chersonesus or Tartaria Procopensis being the Lesser Scythia and a Part of old Sarmatia is term'd by the Italians Tartaria Minor by the Spaniards Tartaria Menor by the French La Petite Tartarie by the Germans Kleine Tartarey and by the English Little Tartary so call'd to distinguish it from Great Tartary in Asia as also Crim-Tartary from Crim the principal City of the Country The Air of this Country is generally granted to be of a very temperate Nature but yet unhealthful to breath in The opposite Place of the Globe to Little Tartary is that part of Terra Australis incognita between 240 and 250 Degrees of Longitude with 48 and 52 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 8th North Climate is very different in different Parts some Places abounding with Grain and Fruits and others pestered with undrainable Marshes and barren Mountains The Length of the Days and Nights here is the same as in the Northern Parts of France The Commodities of this Country are reckon'd Slaves Leather Chalcal-Skins and several sorts of Furs which they exchange with the Adjacent Turks for other Commodities they want Some Travellers relate of this wild and barbarous Part of the World that few or no ravenous Beasts are found therein And others tell us That many of its Fens and Marshes abound mightily with Salt which is naturally there produc'd in prodigious Quantities Archbishopricks in this Country None Bishopricks in this Country are those of Caffa Gothia Universities in this Country None The Crim-Tartars are generally Men of vigorous and robust Bodies able to endure all the Hardships of a Military Life and many of them being endu'd with Courage and Vigour of Mind conform to their Strength of Body prove the best of Soldiers They are reputed to be very just in their Dealings with one another but far otherways with Strangers Many of 'em are much addicted to Pillage and they usually feed upon Horse flesh The Language of the Crim-Tartars is the Scythian or pure Tartaresque which hath such a resemblance to the Turkish as the Spanish to the Italian these Tartars and Turks understanding one another as those of Italy and Spain The Arabick is here learn'd at School as in most Parts of Turky Pater-Noster in the Tartaresque runs thus Atscha wyzom Chy hokta sen algusch ludor senug adougkel suom chauluchong bel sun senung arkchneg aleigier da vkarhtaver visum gundoluch ot mak chu musen vougou kai visum jasuchen den bisdacha hajelberin bisum jasoch namasin datcha koima visu sumanacha illa garâ—a visenu gemandam Amen This Country is govern'd by its own Prince commonly term'd the Cham of Tartary who is under the Protection of the Great Turk whose Sovereignty he acknowledgeth by the usual Ceremony of receiving a Standard The Grana Signior actually possesseth some Part of this Country and maintains one Beglierbeg and two Sangiacks in the Places of greatest Importance As also he detains as Hostage the apparent Successor of the Cham who is ordinarly either his Son or Brother To all which the Tartars readily yield upon the Account of an Ancient Compact whereby the Turkish Empire is said to descend to them whenever the Heirs Male of the Ottoman Line shall fail The Cham of Tartary bears for his Ensigns Armorial Or three Griffins Sable arm'd Gules The Crim Tartars for the most part are zealous Professors of the Mahometan Doctrine except some who continue still Pagan and intermixt with them are many Christians especially Greeks and Armenians besides a considerable number of Roman Catholicks When this Country was first watered with the Blessed Gospel is not very certain §. 4. Danubian Provinces THE remaining Part of Turky here considered under the Title of Danubian Provinces is so call'd from the Situation of these Provinces they being near unto or upon the Banks of the Danuube But since each of 'em requires a peculiar Etymology take the same as followeth 1 Transilvania the
the City of Jerusalem but that more out of Curiosity than Devotion They have also a great Veneration for the Valley of Jehosaphat believing it shall be the particular Place of the General Judgment Lastly Abstinence from Wine is likewise a Precept of the Alcoran But of this they are less observant than of any of the former for many of the richest sort of Turks are great Admirers of the Juice of the Grape and will liberally taste of the same in their private Cabals These various Provinces were at first instructed in the Christian Faith at different Times and upon different Occasions SECT IX Concerning the European Islands HAving hitherto Travell'd through the various Countries on the Continent of Europe let us now leave the Continent and set Sail for its Islands And whereas the Chief of such Islands are those term'd the Britannick let us first take a Particular Survey of them and then a more General View of all the rest Therefore I. Of the Britannick Islands THESE Islands being always consider'd as divided into Greater viz. those of Great Britain and Ireland and Lesser namely those many little ones surrounding Britain I shall begin with the former comprehending in them Three distinct Kingdoms and One Principality And since our manner of Travelling through the various Countries on the Continent of Europe hath been still to proceed from North to South I shall therefore continue the afore said Method in Surveying the Isle of Great Britain having no other Regard to the Two Grand Sovereignties therein than the bare Situation of them Begin we therefore with the Northern Part of the Island viz. SCOTIAE Nova Descriptiorer Robert Morden SCOTLAND  d. m. Situated between 10 00 of Long. its greatest Length from N. to S. is about 240 Miles 17 30 between 55 00 of Latit Breadth from E to W. is about 180 Miles 59 00 Being divided into two Classes viz. South the Frith C T. Edinburgh North the Frith Aberdeen South Class comprehends Gatloway Chief Town Kirkudbright W. to E. Nithisdale Dumfreis Anandale Annand Eshdale with Eusdale Lidisdale Hermitage Tiviotdale Jedburgh The Mers Duns E. to W. Lawderdale Lauder Tweedale Peeblis Clydisdale Glascow Kyle Air Garrick Bargenny Lothian Edenburgh E. to W. Sterling Idem Renfrew Idem Cunningham Irvin Isles of Boot Rothesay Arren Peninsula of Cantyre Kilkeran North Class comprehends Fife St. Andrews E. to W. Menteith Dumblain Lennox 〈◊〉 Argile Innerara Perth Idem E. to W. Strathâ—â—◠〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lorn 〈◊〉 Merns Bervey E. to W. Angus Dundee Gaury Athol Blair Marr Aberdeen E. to W. Badenech Riven Iâ—chabar Innerlochy Buchan Peterhead E. to W. 〈◊〉 Idem 〈◊〉 Elgin 〈◊〉 Taine S. to N. Sâ—thâ—rland Dâ—rnock Strathnaver Strathy Catchness Wick lying N. E. of Strathnaver These are the various Divisions of Scotland according to the best Maps and the manner how they are found But since that Kingdom is ordinarly divided into Sheriffdoms Stewarties Balliaries and one Constabulary we shall also consider it in that respect and seeing each of those Sheriffdoms and Stewarties c. comprehend either a part or one or more of the aforesaid Divisions we shall here subjoin all the Sheriffdoms and Stewarties c. of the whole Kingdom and annex to each of them their whole Content whether more or less Therefore Sheriffdoms of Scotland are those of Edenburgh Containing Middle Lothian Barwick The Mers and Bailliary of Lauderdale Peeblis Twâ—edale Shelkirk The Forest of Etterick Wigâ—on The N. and W. Parts of Galloway Renfrew The Barony of Renfrew Lanerick Clidisdale Dumbritton Lenox Bute Isles of Bute Arren Striveling Striveling on both sides the River Forth Linlithgow West Lothian Glackmannan A little of the E. parts of Strivelingshire Kinross A little of the W. parts of Fife Couper The rest of Fife Forfar Anguis with its Pertinents Kinkardin Mernis Elgin The Eastern parts of Murray Nairn The Western parts Weik Caithness Orkney Isles of Orkney Schetland Sheriffdoms of Scotland are those of Aberdcen containing Marr with its Pertinents Buchan comprehending Forumartâ—n Strathbogie Perth containing Perth as also Gleushee Athol Strathandel Gawry Ramach Broad-Albin Balhider Menteith Glenurghay Strathyern Strormont Innerara containing Argile Lorn Kantire Isles W. of Lorn Kantire Bamfe containing Bamfe Strathdovern Beyn Enzy Strathawin Balveny Inverness containing Badâ—noch Lochabyr The South Part of Ross A Part of Murray beyond Nairn Westw Tayne containing Southerland Strathnaver Roxburgh containing Tiviotdale Lidisdale Eshdale with Eusâ—ale Aire containing Kyle Carrick Cunningham Dumfreis containing all Nithisdale Cromarty a little of Ross S. of Cormarty Besides these Sheriffdoms there are Stewarties Bayliaries one Constabulary Stewarties are Strathern contain Strathern Menteith Menteith Annandale Annandale Kirkudbright E. and S. parts of Galloway As also S Andrews in Fife Killemure Anguis Abernethy Perth Bayliaries are Kyle contain Kyle Carrick Carrick Cunningham Cunningham Lauderdale Lauderdale The One Constabulaty is that of Haddington containing East-Lothian THIS Country the famous Ancient Caledonia is term'd by the Italians Scotia by the Spaniards Escocia by the French Escosse by the Germans Schotland by the English and its own Natives Scotland so call'd as some fondly imagine from Scota Daughter to an Egyptian Pharaoh but more probably from Scoti Schytti or Scythi a People of Germany over the Northern Parts of which the Name of Scythia did once prevail who seized on a Part of Spain next on Ireland and from thence came into the Western Parts of this Country The Air of this Country is generally very pure and so extraordinary wholesome to breath in that several Persons in the Northmost Parts of that Kingdom do frequently arrive to greater Ages than is usual in other Nations of Europe The opposite Place of the Globe to Scotland is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 190 and 196 Degrees of Longitude with 56 and 60 Degrees of South Latitude Notwithstanding this Country is of a Situation considerably Northern it lying in the 11th 12th and beginning of the 13th North Climate yet it produceth all Necessaries and many of the Comforts of Humane Life Its Seas are wonderfully stor'd with most kinds of excellent Fish Its Rivers do mightily abound with the choicest of Salmons Its Plains do sufficiently produce most kinds of Grain Herbs and Fruits and many of its Mountains are not only lin'd with valuable Mines and the best of Coals but also several of them are so cover'd over with numerous Flocks that great Droves of Cattle do yearly pass into the North of England The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 18 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost 6 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The Chief Commodities of this Country are most sorts of Fish in great abundance much Linnen-Cloath and Tallow vast numbers of Cattle and Hides as also excellent Honey Lead-Oar Iron Train-Oyl Course Cloaths Frizes c. In Clydsdale are yet to be seen for several Miles the Remains of a large Roman Cawsway or Military-way which
which Church thus refin'd is briefly summ'd up in the 39 Articles and Book of Homilies and her Discipline and Worship are to be seen in the Liturgy and Book of Canons All which being seriously weigh'd and consider'd by a judicious and impartial Mind it may be found that this National Church is for certain the exactest of all the Reformed Churches and comes nearest to the Primitive Pattern of any in Christendom For her Doctrine is intirely built upon the Prophets and Apostles according to the Explication of the Ancient Fathers her Government rightly considered is truly Apostolical her Liturgy is a notable extract of the best of the Primitive Forms her Ceremonies are few in number but such as tend to Decency and true Devotion In a word The Church of England doth firmly hold and maintain the whole Body of the truly Catholick Faith and none other according to Holy Scripture and the Four first General Councils so that her Sons may truly say in the Words of an Eminent Luminary of the Ancient Church In ea Regula incedimus quam Ecclesia ab Apostolis Apostoli à Christo Christus à Deo accepit At present all Sects and Parties are tollerated and it 's truly as Melancholly to consider as 't is hard to determine whether our Heats and Divisions on one hand or Open Prophaneness and Irreligion on the other be most predominant In the mean time this is most certain that they 're both equally to be lamented the necessary Consequence of them both being most dismal and dangerous in the end But that it may please the Almighty to grant to all Nations Unity Peace and Concord is the daily and fervent Prayer of the Church of Christ and the hearty wish and desire of every true Son thereof The Christian Faith is thought to have been planted in England tempore ut scimus summo Tiberii Caesaris according to Ancient Gildas but afterwards more universally receiv'd Anno 180. it being then openly profess'd by Publick Authority under King Lucius who is said to have been the first Christian King in the World yet several doubt whether there was ever such a Man in the World In general this is certain that Christianity was propagated here in the earliest Ages of the Church WALES THIS Country the Seat of the Ancient Britains term'd by the Italians Wallia by the Spaniards Gales by the French Galles by the Germans Walles and by the English Wales so call'd as some imagine from Idwallo Son to Cadwallader who retir'd into this Country with the remaining Britains But others do rather think that as the Britains derive their Pedigree from the Gauls so they also retain the Name this Country being still term'd by the French Galles which using W for G according to the Saxon Custom agrees pretty well with the present Title The Air of this Country is much the same as in those Counties of England which lie under the same Parallel of Latitude The opposite Place of the Globe to Wales is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 190 and 200 Degrees of Longitude with 56 and 60 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 9th North Climate is generally very Mountainous yet some of its Vallies are abundantly fertil producing great plenty of Corn and others are very fit for Pasturage It 's likeways well stor'd with large Quarries of Free Stone as also several Mines of Lead-Oar and Coles The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 16 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost 7 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Cattle Butter Cheese Welch Friezes Cottons Bays Herrings Hides Calve-Skins Honey Wax and such like In several Parts of this Principality especially Denbighshire are still to be seen the Remains of that famous Wall commonly call'd King Offa's Dâ—ke made by Offa the Mercian as a Boundary between the Saxons and Britains 2. At a small Village call'd Newton in Glamorganshire is a remarkable Spring nigh the Sea which Ebbs and Flows contrary to the Sea 3. In the same County as also Câ—ermardâ—nshire are several Ancient Sepulchral Monuments and divers noted Stone Pillars with observable Inscriptions upon them 3. In Brecknockshire are some other remarkable Pillars particularly that call'd Maen y Morynuiâ—n or the Maiden-stone near the Town of Brecknock Another at Pentre Yskythrog in Lhan St. Aeâ—ed Parish And a third in Form of a Cross in Vaenor Parish 4. In Glamorganshire are the Remains of Kaer Phyli Castle taken by some for the Buliaeum Silurum which are generally reckon'd the noblest Ruins of Ancient Architecture of any in Britain 5 In Monmouthshire are many Roman Aitars dug up with variety of Inscriptions upon ' em For all these Inscripons abovementiond Vid. Camden 's Britannia late Edition from page 613 to 620. as also from 623 to 628 with page 593 594 600 601 605. But if the curious Reader would see the chief Rarities of Wales at one view let him consult the aforesaid Author page 697. where he will find the Remarkables of this Principality represented in Sculpture particularly these following viz. a curious carved Pillar call'd Maen-y-Chwyan on Mostyn Mountain in Flintshire Two remarkable Pillars at Kaer Phyli Castle in Glamorganshire An Alabaster Statue found near Porth-Shini-Kran in Monâ—â—outhshire And finally some Roman Armour and Medals with variety of Coins both Roman and British dug up at several times in several Parts of Wales Archbishopricks in this Principality None Bishopricks 4. viz. those of Bangor Landaff S. Asaph S. Davids already mention'd Universities None The Welch are a People generally reputed very faithful and loving to one another in a strange Country as also to Strangers in their own The Commons for the most part are extraordinary Simple and Ignorant but their Gentry are esteem'd both Brave and Hospitable They 're universally inclin'd to a Cholerick Temper and extravagantly value themselves on their Pedigrees and Families The Welsh being the Off-spring of the Ancient Britains do still retain their Primitive Language which yet remains freer from a mixture of exotick Words than any Modern Tongue in Europe a Language which hath nothing to recommend it to Strangers it being both hard to pronounce and unpleasant to the Ear by reason of its vast multitude of Consonants Their Pater-Noster runs thus Ein Tad yr hwn wyt yn y nefoedd sancteidier dy enw Deued dy deyrmas bid dy ewyll s ar yddâ—iar megis y mac yn y nefoedd dyro i ni heddyw ein bara beunyddiol a maddeu i ni ein dyledion fel y maddewn ni i'n dyledwyr ac nar arwain mi brofe diageth eithr gwared in rhag drwg Amen This Principality was anciently govern'd by its own King or Kings there being frequently one for South and another for North Wales and sometimes no less than five did claim a Regal Power but was fully Conquer'd Anno 1282.
by Edward I. who having then a Son brought forth by his Queen at Caernarven Castle in Wales and finding the Welch extreamly averse against a Foreign Governor proferr'd them the young Child a Native of their own to be their Lord and Master to which they readily yielded and accordingly swore Obedience to him since which time the King of England's Eldest Son is stil'd Prince of Wales and all Writs in that Principality are issued out in his Name The Arms of the Prince of Wales differ from those of England only by the Addition of a Label of three Points But the proper and peculiar Divice commonly though corruptedly call d the Princes Arms is a Coronet beautifi'd with three Ostrich Feathers with this Inscription round Ich dien i. e. I serve alluding to that of the Apostle The Heir while he is a Child differeth not from a Servant The Inhabitans of this Country at least the most Intelligent of 'em are of the Reform'd Religion according to the Platform of the Church of England but many of the meaner sort are so grosly ignorant in Religious Matters that they differ nothing from mere Heathens For the remedying of which the late incomparable Mr Gouge was at no small Pains and Charge in Preaching the Blessed Gospel to them and procuring and distributing among them some considerable number of Bibles and Books of Devotion in their Language which noble Design was afterwards reviv'd and further'd by the famous Robert Boyle Esq and several other well disposs'd Persons particularly that much lamented Eminent Divine Dr. Anthony Horneck and we are willing to hope that the same will be kept still on foot and happily promoted by the Aid and Encouragement of some serious Christians amongst us The Christian Faith is said to have been planted in this Country towards the end of the Second Century IRELAND By Rob. Morden IRELAND  d. m. Situated between â—â— â—0 of Long. its greatest Length from S. to N. is about 265 Miles 12 10 between 51 00 of Latit Breadth from E. to W. is about 150 Miles 55 25 Divided into the Provinces of Leinster Ch. Town Dublin Ulster Londonderry Connaught Galloway Munster Limerick Leinster contains Louth County Chief Town Drogheda from N. to S. Dublin Idem Wicklow Idem Wexford Idem Longford Idem from N. to S. Meath County Molingar King's County Philipstone Queen's County Mari-burrow Kilkenny Idem Kildare Idem E. of K. County Caterlagh Idem Kilkenny Ulster contains Down-County Down from E. to S. W. Armagh Armagh Monogon Idem Caven Idem Antrim Carrickfergus from E. to S. W. Londonderry Idem Tirone County Duagannon Fermanath Inniskilling Dunnagal Idem W. of Londonderry Conn cont Letrim Idem from N. to S. Roscomon Athlon Galloway Idem Maio County Maio Westward Slego Idem Munster cont Tipperary Clonmel N. to S. Waterford Idem  Clare County Idem N. to S. Limerick Idem  Cork County Idem  Kerry Dingle Westward  THIS Country the Britannia Parva of Ptolomy mention'd by other Ancient Writers under the Names of Jertia Juverna Iris c and by Modern Authors Hibernia is term'd by the Italians Irlanda by the Spaniards Irlanda by the French Irlande by the Germans Yrland and by the English Ireland so call'd as some imagine ab hiberno aere from the Winter-like Air but rather according to others from Erinland which in the Irish Tongue signifieth a Western Land The Air of this Country is almost of the same Nature with that of those Parts of Britain which lie under the same Parallel only different in this that in several places of this Kingdom 't is of a more gross and impure Temper by reason of the many Lakes and Marishes which send up such a quantity of Vapours and thereby so corrupt the whole Mass of Air as to occasion Fluxes Rheums and such like Distempers to which the Inhabitants are frequently subject The opposite Place of the Globe to Ireland is that part of the Pacifick Ocean lying between 180 and 200 Degrees of Longitude with 53 and 56 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 9th and 10th North Climate is abundantly fertil but naturally more fit for Grass and Pasturage than Tillage Much of this Kingdom is still overgrown with Woods or incumbred with vast Bogs and unwholesome Marishes yeilding neither Profit nor Pleasure to the Inhabitants but not near so much as formerly there being a great deal of Wood cut down and many large Marishes drain'd in this Age and the Ground imploy'd for various sorts of Grain which it produceth in great plenty The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 17 Hours â— 4 â—he 〈◊〉 in the Southmost 7 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Cattle Hides Tallow Butter Cheese Honey Wax Salt Hemâ— Linnen Cloath Pipe-Staves Wooll Friezes c. About eight Miles North-East from Colrain in the County of Antrim is that Miracle whether of Art or Nature I shall not dispute commonly call'd the Giants Cawsway which runs from the bottom of a high Hill into the Sea none can tell how far It s length at Low Water is about 600 Feet the breadth where broadest 240 and 120 in the narrowest 't is very unequal in height being in some places 36 Feet from the level of the Strand and in others only 15. It consists of many thousands of Pillars perpendicular to the Plain of the Horizon and all of different Shapes and Sizes but most of 'em Pentagonal or Hexâ—gonal yet all irregularly plac'd A particular Draught and Description of this wonderful Cawsway with an Essay proving the same to be rather the Work of Nature than Art Vid. Philosoph Transact N. 212 and 222. 2 In the Province of Ulster is the famous Lough Neagh hitherto noted for its rare petrifying Quality but upon due Examination 't is found that the said Quality ought to be ascrib'd to the Soil of the Ground adjacent to that Lake rather than to the Water of the Lake it self 3 In several Parts of this Kingdom are sometimes dug up Horns of a prodigious bigness one Pair lately found being ten Feet and ten Inches from the Tip of the right Horn to the Tip of the left which gives occasion to apprehend that the great American Deer call'd the Moose was formerly common in this Island As for that excellent Quality of Ireland in nourishing no Venomous Creature the same is so notoriously known that I need say nothing of it Archbishopricks in this Kingdom are Four viz those of Armagh Dublin Cassil and Tuam The Archbishop of Armagh being Primate of all Ireland Bishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Meath Limerick Ardfert and Aghado Clonfert Kildare Elphin Ossory Waterford Rapho Leighlin and Ferns Cork and Ross Derry Kilaloe Cloyne Kilmore and Ardagh Killala Clogher Drommore Down and Conner Here is only one University viz. That of Dublin The
the same in Manners with the respective People of Europe from whence they came The chief of the Indian Tongues in this Peninsula is that call'd the Malaye mostly us'd in Malacca but besides the various Indian Tongues both in the Mogul's Empire and the two Peninsula's the Portugueze Language is commonly understood and spoken in all Maritime Towns of Trade it being the chief Language that 's us'd in daily Commerce between the Franks and Natives of that Country In this Peninsula are a great many different States and Kingdoms particularly that of Pegu a very rich Kingdom subject to its own Monarch whose Sovereignty is acknowledg'd by divers other considerable â—ates as Asem Aracan and Tipra besides the Ancient Brachmans and other People living on the West of China as the Layes Timocoues Gueâ—es and Ciocangaes all Tributary to him Here also are the rich and flourishing Kingdoms of Tunquin and Cochinchin especially the former whose King is esteem'd a mighty Potent Prince able to bring into the Field vast multitudes of Men upon all occasions And lastly The King of Siam to whom a great many Princes are Tributary is esteem'd one of the richest and most Potent Monarchs of all the East and assumes as some alledge the Title of the King of Heaven and Earth and yet notwithstanding of his mighty Force and Treasure he is said to be Tributary to the Tartars and to pay them yearly a certain kind of Homage We find no satisfactory Account of what Ensigns Armorial are born by these Eastern Princes or if any at all The Inhabitants of this Peninsula are generally great Idolaters Those of Siam are said to maintain Pythagoras's Metempsychosis and commonly adore the four Elements Wheresoever Mahometanism prevails 't is generally intermixt with many Pagan Rites and Ceremonies as particularly in Cambodia on the River Menan in which City are almost three hundred stately Mosques not only well furnisht with excellent Bells contrary to the Turkish Custom elsewhere but also with a great many Idols of all sorts In the Kingdom of Pegu they have a great Opinion of the Sanctity of Apes and Crocodiles believing those Persons very happy who are devoured by them They observe yearly five Solemn Festivals call'd in their Language Sapans and distinguish'd by the Names of Giachie Cateano-Giaimo Segienou Daiche and Donon Their Priests are call'd Raulini and are divided into three Orders distinguish'd by the Names of Pungrini Pangiani and Xoxom They have also many Hermits whom they divided into Grepi Manigrepi and Taligrepi who are all in great esteem among the People Christianity was planted here much about the same time with the other Peninsula already mention'd SECT IV. Concerning Persia  d. m. Situated between 70 30 of Long. It s greatest Length from E. to W is about 1440 Miles 97 00 between 25 40 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 1260 Miles 44 30 It 's divided into many Provinces but chiefly those towards the North viz. Scirvant Chief Town Derbent W. to E. Giland Gilan Cherassan Heret Middle viz. Erach Ispahan W. to E. Sablestan Bost Sigistan Sitzistan South viz. Cusistan Susa W. to E. Fars Schiras Kirman Gombroon Macran Titz THIS Country known to the Ancients by the same Name and some others but of a much larger Extent than at present is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Persia by the French Perse by the Germans Persien and by the English Persia so call'd as many alledge from one of its Ancient Provinces nam'd Persis or according to others from Perses an Illustrious Lord in the Country of Elam who for his Merit is said to have obtain'd the Government of the People and to have call'd both Country and Inhabitants after his Name But finally others do eagerly plead for an Hebrew Etymology deriving the Name from the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i. e. Equites For 't is reported of the Inhabitants of this Country that before the Reign of Cyrus the Great they seldom us'd to Ride or knew very little how to manage a Horse and that such was their Dexterity afterwards in managing Horses that this Country is said to assume its Name from that Animal For the strengthning of which Opinion they farther observe that the Title of Persia is not found in those Books of Holy Scripture which were written before the time of Cyrus The Air of this Country is very temperate especially towards the North beyond the vast Mountain of Taurus but in the Southern Provinces 't is scorching hot for several Months The opposite Place of the Globe to Persia is part of Mare del Zur between 250 and 280 Degrees of Longitude with 25 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate is very different for in the Northern Parts adjacent to Tartary and the Caspian Sea the Ground is very barren producing but little Corn and few Fruits But South of Mount Taurus the Soil is said to be extraordinary fertil the Country pleasant and plentiful of Corn Fruits Wines c. affording also some rich Mines of Gold and Silver The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 14 Hours ¾ the shortest in the Southmost is 13 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are curious Silks Carpets Tissues Manufactures of Gold Silk and Silver Seal-Skins Goat-Skins Alabaster and all sorts of Metals Myrrh Fruits c. This Country among its chief Rarities doth yet boast of the very Ruins of the once proud Palace of Persepolis so famous of old and now call'd by the Inhabitants Chil-manor signifying forty Pillars which imports that so many were standing some Ages ago but at present there 's only nineteen remaining together with the Ruins of above eighty more Those Pillars yet standing are of excellent Marble and about fifteen Foot high for a particular Draught of 'em with the Copy of several Inscriptions in unknown Characters Vid. Philos Trans N. 201 and 210. 2. In the City of Ispahan is a large Pillar sixty Feet high consisting purely of the Skulls of Beasts erected by Shaw Abas the Great upon a Sedition of his Nobles who vowed to rear up a Column of their Heads as a Monument of their Obloquy to after Ages if they persisted in Disobedience but they surrendring upon Discretion he ordered each of 'em to bring the decollated Head of some Beast and lay at his Feet which was accordingly done and of them he made the aforesaid Pillar in lieu of a Column of their own Heads 3. One of the Emperor's Gardens at Ispahan is so sweet and delicate a place that it commonly goes by the Name of Heste Behest i e. Paradice upon Earth and the Royal Sepulchres of the Persian Monarchs are indeed so stately that they deserve to be mention'd here 4. About thirty Miles North East of Gombroon is a most hidious Cave which for its formidable Aspect is term'd Hell's
Gate by our English Travellers who have pass'd that way 5. At Genoe about twelve or fourteen Miles North of Gombroon are some excellent Baths esteem'd very good against most Chronical Distempers and much frequented for all inveterate Ulcers Aches and such like 6. Within five Leagues of Daâ—â—an is a prodigious high Pike of the same Name from whose top cover'd all over with Sulphure which Sparkles in the Night-time like Fire one may clearly see the Caspian Sea though an hundred and eighty Miles distant and nigh to this Sulphurous Pike are some famous Baths where there 's a great resort of People at certain times of the Year Lastly In several Parts of Persia are Mountains of curious black Marble and Springs of the famous Naphtha with variety of other Minerals Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Persians are a People both of old and as yet much given to Astrology many of them making it their chief Business to search after future Events by Astrological Calculations They are naturally great Dissemblers Flatterers and Swearers as also very Proud Passionate and Revengful excessive in their Luxury Pastimes and Expences much addicted to Tobacco Opium and Coffee yet with all they are said to be for the most part very respective to their Superiors Just and Honest in their Dealings and abundantly Civil to Strangers And most of those who betake themselves to Trades prove very Ingenious in making curious Silks Cloath of Gold and such like The Persian Language having a great Tincture of the Arabick is reckon'd not only much more polite than the Turkish but is also esteem'd the modish Language of Asia It 's divided into many particular Dialects and the Characters they use are mostly Arabick As for pure Arabick that 's the School-Language of the Persians in which not only the Mysteries of the Alcoran but also all their Sciences are written and is learn'd by Grammar as Europeans do Latin This large Country is wholly subjected to one Sovereign namely it s own Emperor commonly stil'd The Great Sophi of Persia whose Government is truly Despotical and Crown Hereditary the Will of the King being a Law to the People and he Master of all their Lives and Estates his numerous Subjects render him a kind of Adoration and never speak of him but with the greatest Respect As most of the Asiatick Princes affect very vain and exorbitant Titles so does the Persian Monarch in particular he being generally stil'd King of Persia Pâ—â—thia Media Bactria Chorazon Condahor and Herl of the 〈◊〉 Tartar of the Kingdoms of Hyrcania Draconia Evergeta Paâ—â—â—nia Hydaspia and Sogdiana of Aria Paropaniza Draâ—gâ—â—ta Arachosia Mergiana and Carmania as far as stately Indus Sultan of Ormus Larr Arabia Susiana Chaldea Mesopotamia Georgia Armenia Sarcashia and Uan. Lord of the Imperial Mountains of Ararat Taurus Cancasus and Periardo Commander of all Creatures from the Sea of Chorazan to the Gulf of Persia Of true Descent from Mortis-Ally Prince of the four Rivers Euphrates Tygris Araxis and Indus Governor of all the Sultans Emperor of Mussulmen Bud of Honour Mirror of Virtue And Rose of Delight Many and various are the Opinions concerning the King of Persia's Arms It being affirm'd by some that he beareth the Sun Or in a Field Azure By others a Crescent as the Turkish Emperors with this difference that it hath a Hand added to it By others Or with a Dragon Gules By others Or with a Buffalo's Head Sable But the most receiv'd Opinion is that he beareth the Rising Sun on the Back of a Lion with a Crescent The Inhabitants of this Country are for the most part exact observers of Mahomet's Doctrine according to the Explication and Commentaries made by Mortis Hali. They differ in many considerable Points from the Turks and both Parties are subdivided into various Sects between whom are tossed many Controversies with flaming Zeal on either side The main Point in debate between them is concerning the immediate Successors of Mahomet The Turks reckoning them thus Mahomet Aboubekir Omar Osman and Mortis Hali. But the Persians will have their Hali to be the immediate Successor and some esteem him equally with Mahomet himself and call the People to Prayers with these words Llala-y-lala Mortis Aly vellilula for which the Turks abhor them calling them Rafadi and Cassars i. e. Schismaticks and themselves Sonni and Musselmen which is true Believers They differ also in their Explication of the Alcoran besides the Persians have contracted it into a lesser Volumn than the Arabians after Gunet's Reformation preferring the Immaman Sect before the Melchian Anesian Benefian or Xefagans broached by Aboubekir Omar and Osman from which four are sprung above seventy several sorts of Religious Orders as Morabites Abdals Dervises Papasi Rafadi c. Here are many Nestorian Christians as also several Jesuits and many Jews The Christian Religion was first planted in this Country by the Apostle St. Thomas SECT V. Concerning Turky in Asia  d. m. Situated between 48 00 of Long. its greatest Length from S. E. to N. W. is about 2100 Miles 82 00 between 13 30 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 1740 Miles 45 30 Comprehending six great parts viz. Natolia Chief Town Bursa lying Westward Arabia Medina found from S. to N. Syria Aleppo Diarbeck Bagdat Turkomania Arzerum Georgia Teflis Each of the foregoing Parts comprehends several Provinces as Natolia Natolia propria Chief Town Bursa Northward W. to E. Amasia Idem Caramania Cogni Southward W. to E. Aladuli Maraz Arabia Bâ—riaâ—a or Arabia Deserta Anna N. to S. Barraab or Arabia Petrea Herat Ayman or Arabia Faelix Medina Syria Syria propria Aleppo N. to S. Phoenicia Demask Palestinc Jerusalem Diarbeck Diarbeck Diarbekir N. to S. Arzerum Mosul Yerack Bagdat Turcomania Turcomania propria Arzerum W. to E. Curdes Van Georgia Mengralia Fasso W. to E. Gurgestan Teflis THIS vastly extended Body being divided as aforesaid into six great Parts viz. Natolia Arabia Syria Diabereck Turcomania and Georgia we shall particularly Treat of the first three and that separately they being most remarkable and then take a General View of all the rest conjunctly and that under the Title of the Euphratian Provinces Therefore §. 1. NATOLIA THIS Country formerly Asia Minor in contradistinction from Asia the Greater is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Natolia by the French Natolie by the Germans Natolien and by the English Natolia or Anatolia so call'd at first by the Grecians because of its Eastern Situation in respect of Greece 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Air of this Country is very different being in some Provinces very pure and healthful in others extremely gross and pestilentious The opposite Place of the Globe to Anatolia is that part of the Pacisick Ocean between 235 and 250 Degrees of Longitude with 34 and 38 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 5th and 6th North Climate is extraordinary
same in the Apostolick Age. §. 3. Syria by the Turks Suristan MOdern Syria comprehends Syria properly so call'd 2 Phoenicia or Phoenice 3. Palestine or Judaea These Divisions of Syria especially the first and last being remarkable Countries somewhat of each of 'em distinctly and in their order Therefore Syria properly so call'd THIS Country known formerly by the same Name of Syria but different in Bounds is term'd by the Italians Siria by the Spaniards Syria by the French Sourie by the Germans Syrien and by the English Syria but why so call'd is much controverted among our Modern Criticks with little shew of probability for the truth of their various Opinions on either hand The Air of this Country is pure and serene the Sky being seldom overcast with Clouds and in most parts very healthful to breath in only in the Months of June July and August 't is extraordinary hot if it prove either Calm or a gentle Wind from the Desert but as a repeated Miracle of Providence these Months are generally attended with cool Westerly Breezes from the Mediterranean The opposite Place of the Globe to Syria is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 250 and 254 Degrees of Longitude with 33 and 38 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in part of the 5th and 6th North Climate is extraordinary fertil where duly manur'd producing most sorts of Grain and Fruits in great abundance Here are indeed several rocky and barren Mountains yet no Country in the World can boast of more pleasant large and fertil Plains than this Plains of such a fâ—t and tender Soil that the Peasants in many places do Till 'em up with Wooden Culters and that commonly by the assistance of one Horse or two Bullocks to draw the Plough But the Beauty and Excellency of this Country is mightily eclips'd by various sad and melancholy Objects that present themselves to the Eye of the Traveller viz. many Cities Towns and Villages which were formerly well-stockt with Inhabitants and compactly Built but now quite depopulated and laid in Ruins as also many Ancient Christian Churches once very splendid and magnificent Structures but now mere heaps of Rubbish and the ordinary Residence of Wild Beasts Quaeque ipse miserrima vidi The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 14 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably Here it may not be improper to rectify a gross mistake of our Modern Geographers who treating of Syria make the River of Aleppo as they call it to fall into the Euphrates and assert it to be Navigable up to the City whereas it hath no Communication with Euphrates at all but is almost of a quite contrary Course to that in the Maps and so far from being a Navigable River that 't is little better than a mere Brook or at best but a small inconsiderable Rivulet having its rise a little way South-East from Aleppo and gliding gently along by the City loseth it self under Ground at a few Miles distance on the other side The chief Commodities of this Country especially those of Aleppo which is the second City of the Turkish Empire and one of the greatest Trade of any in the Levant being the Center of Commerce between the Mediterranean and East-Indies as also the Seat of one of the most flourishing of all our English Factories abroad are Silks Chamlets Valaneed Galnuts Cotton Mohairs Soap Galls Jewels Spices and Drugs of all sorts c. About six days Journey S. S. E. from Aleppa is the famous Pabnyr a or Tadmor now wholly in Ruins yet such Remains of many Porphyry Pillars and remarkable Inscriptions are still extant as sufficiently evince its former State and Magnificence For a particular Draught and Description of it Vid. Phil. Transact N. 217 218. 2. About onâ— hours Riding from the aforesaid Tadmor is a large Valley of Salt which is more probably thought to be that mention'd 2 Sam. 8. 13. where King David smote the Syrians than the other about four hours from Aleppo though commonly taken for such 3. On the side of a Hill nigh to Aleppo is a Cave or Grotto remarkable among the Turks for being as they say the Residence of Mortis Ali for some Days where is also the rough Impression of a Hand in the hard Rock which they believe was made by him 4. Under one of the Gates of Aleppo is a place for which the Turks have a great Veneration keeping Lamps continually burning in it because according to a receiv'd Tradition among 'em the Prophet Elisha did live there for some time 5. In the Wall of a Mosque in the Suburbs of Aleppo is a Stone of two or three Foot square which is wonderfully regarded by the more superstitious sort of Christians because in it is a natural but obscure Resemblance of a Chalice environ'd as 't were with some faint Rays of Light Such strange Apprehensions do the Romanists in these Parts entertain concerning this Stone that for the purchase of it vast Sums of Money have been proferr'd by them to the Turks but as gross Superstition in the former did hatch the Proposal so the same in the latter produc'd the refusal the Turks being inexorable when requested to sell or give that which was once so Sacred as to become the constituent Part of a Mosque 6. Belonging to the Jacobite Patriarch in Aleppo are two fair M. S. of the Gospels written on large Parchment-sheets in Syrian Characters and these either Gold or Silver with variety of curious Miniature 7. Between Aleppo and Alexandretta or Scanderoon are the goodly Ruins of several stately Christian Churches with variety of Stone-Coffins lying above ground in divers places and many Repositories for the Dead hewen out of the firm Rock 8. In the large Plain of Antioch being fifteen Leagues long and three broad is a stately Cawsey crossing almost the breadth of the Plain and passing over several Arches under which some pleasant Rivulets do gently glide all which was begun and finish'd in six Months time by the Grand Visier in the Reign of Achmet and that for a speedy Passage of the Grand Signior's Forces to suppress the frequent Revolts in the Eastern Parts of his Empire 9 Nigh to the Factory Marine at Scanderoon is a large but unfinish'd Building commonly call'd Scanderbeg's Castle being vulgarly suppos'd to have been erected by that Valiant Prince of Albania in the carreer of his Fortune against the Turks but 't is more probably thought to be of an ancienter Date having thereon the Arms of Godfrey of Bulloign Lastly In the Eastmost part of Scanderoon-Bay is a ruinous old Building known commonly by the Name of Jonah's Pillar erected as the Modern Greeks alledge in that very place where the Whale did vomit him forth It 's indeed much and not undeservedly doubted whether that Monument was erected there upon such an Occasion but 't is
highly probable that this individual Part of the Bay was the very place of the Whale's delivery it being the nearest to Nineveh of any in the Levant Which conjecture I humbly suppose is somewhat more reasonable than that of some dreaming Ancients who vainly imagin'd that the monstrous Fish did almost surround one fourth part of the World in seventy two hours and that when big with Child Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities See Natolia The Inhabitants of this Country are mostly Turks and Greeks whose respective Characters are already given in Turky of Europe pages 174 and 181. as also many Jews and Armenians with other sorts of Christians intermixt of whom the Reader may find some Account towards the latter part of this Section when we come to treat of Palestine and the Euphratian Provinces The chief Language of this Country is the Turkish for a Specimen of which Vid. page 181. the Ancient Syriac being lost among ' em The various Europeans here residing do commonly use the Lingua Franca This Country being subject unto and successively rul'd by the Seleucidae the Romans the Saracens the Christians and Sultans of Egypt was at last conquer'd by the Turks in the time of Selimus I. Anno 1517. under whose heavy Yoke it hath ever since groan'd and is at present govern'd by its particular Bassa appointed by the Grand Signior whose place of Residence is ordinarily at Aleppo the principal City of this Province and thought to be the Aram Sobah mention'd in Holy Scripture But the whole Country of Syria according to its Modern Extant is subject to three Bassa's the first commonly residing as aforesaid at Aleppo the second at Damascus in Phaenice and the third at Tripoli of Syria Subordinate to each of these Bassa's both here and in other Parts of the Ottoman Dominions are various Cadi's or Judges who hear and determine the several Causes whether Civil or Criminal which at any time happen between Man and Man And here I can't omit one particular which as 't is a mighty disparagment to this People so I wish 't were peculiar to them viz. their Mercenary Distribution of Justice for not always the Equity of the Cause but the Liberality of the Party does ordinarily determine the Matter As some of our English Factories in these Parts of the World have experienc'd more than once See the Ensigns Armorial of the Grand Signior page 182. The establisht Religion of this Country is that of Mahometanism the Essential Tenets of which are already set down page 182. to which I remit the Reader But since one thing enjoyn'd by that Religion is the most excellent and necessary Duty of Prayer I can't omit one laudable Practice of this People in that Point I mean not only their imitable frequency in performing this Duty but also their most commendable fervency and seriousness in the performance of it For whenever they set about the same they Address themselves to the Almighty with all profound Respect and Reverence imaginable and in the humblest Posture they can sometimes standing often kneeling and frequently prostrating themselves on the Ground and kissing the same and during the whole performance their very Countenance doth plainly declare the inward Fervour and Devotion of their Mind Yea so exact and punctual are they in observing the various Hours appointed for Prayer and so serious and devout in performing that Duty that the generality of us Christians have too good Reason in both these Respects to say with the Poet Pudet haec opprobria nobis c. The Muezans or Marabounds being those Persons who call the People to Prayers use commonly these words Allah ekber allah ekber allah ekber eschadou in la illah illallah hi allc salla hi alle salla allah ekber allah ekber allah ekber la illa illalah i. e. God is great God is great God is great give Testimony that there is but one God Come yield your selves up to his Mercy and pray him to forgive you your Sins God is great God is great God is great there is no other God but God Dispers'd over all this Country and intermixt with the Turks are many Jews and various sorts of Christians particularly Greeks Armenians Maronites c. but most lamentable is the State of those Christians at present not only in respect of that woful Ignorance under which they universally labour and the Turkish Slavery and Insolence to which they 're expos'd but also in point of those dismal Heats and Divisions those numerous Factions and Parties now among 'em For so bitterly inveterate are they against one another and to such a height do their Animosities frequently come as to give fresh Occasion to the Common Enemy to harass them more and more Christianity was planted very early in these parts of the World most of this Country being watered with the Blessed Gospel in the Apostolick Age. Phaenicia or Phaenice THIS Country very famous of old but now of a very sad and melancholy Aspect and groaning under the Turkish Yoke hath undergone such dismal Devastations by the destroying Arabs that there 's nothing now remarkable in it save a few Ancient Maritime Cities mostly in Ruines which yet maintain something of Trade with Strangers as particularly Damascus call'd by the Turks Scham St. John d'Acre formerly Ptolemais and lastly Sure and Said which were the Ancient Tyre and Sydon Leaving therefore this desolate Country we pass on to Palestine or Judaea THIS Country most memorable in Holy Scripture and sometimes stil'd Canaan from Canaan the Son of Cham sometimes the Land of Promise because promis'd to Abraham and his Seed and sometimes Judaea from the Nation of the Jews or People of the Tribe of Juda is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Palestina by the French Palestine by the Germans Palestinen or das Gelobte-land by the English Palestine or The Holy Land It 's call'd Palestine quasi Philistim from the Philistins once a mighty Nation therein and Holy Land because 't was the Scene of the Life and Sufferings of the ever Blessed and most Holy Jesus the glorious Redeemer of Men. The Air of this Country excepting those Parts adjacent to the Lake of Sodom of which afterwards is so extraordinary pleasant serene and healthful to breath in that many of its present Inhabitants do frequently arrive to a considerable Age. The opposite Place of the Globe to Palestine is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 245 and 250 Degrees of Longitude with 29 and 32 Degrees of South Latitude This Country situated partly in the 4th and 5th North Climate and not exceeding seventy Leagues in length from North to South and thirty in breadth from East to West was blessed with an extraordinary rich and fertil Soil producing all things in such abundance that the Scripture terms it a Land flowing with Milk and Honey yea so wonderful was the fertility thereof and such vast multitudes of People did it maintain that King
scarce The length of the Days and Nights in them is much the same throughout the whole Year the Latitude of the Northmost of 'em being inconsiderable The chief Commodities of these Islands are Cinamon Gold Silver most sort of Spices Rice Honey Precious Stones c. In Ceylon is that remarkable Mountain commonly call'd Adam's Pike which is of a great height and reported to send forth sometimes from its top both Smoke and Flame In many of the Maldive Islands grows that Tree bearing the Cacoa or India Nuts which is very remarkable for its various uses for out of it is yearly drain'd a large Quantity of Juice which being drawn at certain Seasons and prepared after different manners do taste exactly like excellent Oyl Butter Milk as also some sorts of Wine and Sugar Of the Fruit they usually make Bread and the Leaves serve as Paper to write upon And as for the Trunk of the Tree they imploy it either in building of Houses or Ships These Islands likeways abound with variety of pretty white Shells which are much admir'd and pass current as Money in many Parts of the Adjacent Continent Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of these Islands being for the most part Tall and Strait of Body are esteem'd a Lazy Proud and Effeminate Sort of People yet some of 'em are reputed to be good Artificers in Metals Most of 'em go stark Naked except what Natural Instinct prompteth them to cover To wear long Hair is the only priviledge of the King and Soldiers The Inhabitants of the Maldives have a peculiar Jargon of their own Those who reside on the Sea-Coasts of Ceylon understand a little Dutch and something of the Portugueze Tongue The Maldives are mostly subject to one Sovereign who hath his ordinary Residence in Male the chief of all those Islands And Ceylon is govern'd by its own King residing at Candea to whom several little Princes are Tributary but much of the Sea-Coasts is possess'd by the Dutch The Maldive Sovereign is said to assume the Title of Sultan King of Thriteen Provinces and Twelve thousand Islands viz. those of the Maldives their number being generally accounted such The Natives of this mighty Cluster of Islands are partly Mahometans partly Idolaters especially the latter Paganism being the most predominant of the two And so much for Asia and the Asiatick Islands Now followeth AFRICA by R. Morden CHAP. III. Of AFRICA Divided page 44. into Egypt Capital City Cairo Barbary Fez. Bildulgerid Dara Zaara or the Desart Zuenziga The Land of the Negroes Tombute Guinea Arda Nubia 〈◊〉 Ethiopia Exterior or Inf. 〈◊〉 Interior or Sup. 〈◊〉 To these add the African Islands Of all which in Order Therefore SECT I. Concerning Egypt  d. m. Situated between 52 06 of Long. It s greatest Length from N. E. to S. W. is about 650 Miles 62 40 between 21 10 of Latit Breadth from E. to W. is about 310 Miles 30 00 It comprehenâ—◠〈◊〉 or the Lower Egypt Chief Town Alexandria Northward Bechria or Middle Egypt Cairo Sahid or Upper Egypt Sahid Southward The Coasts of the Red-Sea Cossir THIS Country much the same with Ancient Egypt and variously nam'd of old as Misraim by the Jews Augustanica by the Romans Oceana by Perosâ—s Ogâ—gâ—a by Xâ—uophon Potamia by Herodotus and Hefostia by Homer c. is term'd by the Italians Egitto by the Spaniards Egypto by the French Egypte by the Germans Egypten and by the English Egypt so call'd as many imagine from Egyptus Son of Belus and Brother to Danaus The Air of this Country is very hot and generally esteem'd extremely unwholesome being always infected with nauseous Vapours ascending from the fat and sâ—imy Soil of the Earth That it never Rains in Egypt as some have boldly affirm'd may deservedly claim a place among the Vulgar Errors of the World The opposite Place of the Globe to Egypt is part of Mare Pacificum lying between 232 and 242 Degrees of Longitude with 21 and 31 Degrees of South Latitude Egypt â— lying in the 4th and 5th North Climate was and is still accounted as fertil a Country as any in the World the Soil being wonderfully fatned by the yearly overflowing of the Nile It 's exceeding plentiful of all sorts of Grain and for its vast abundance of Corn in former times 't was commonly term'd Horreum Populi Romani The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 14 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 10 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Sugar Flax Rice all sorts of Grains and Fruits Linnen-Cloath Salt Balfam Senna Cassia Butargio c. In and near to Ancient Alexandria now term'd by the Turks Scanderick or Scanderie are many considerable Remains of Antiquity particularly the ruin'd Walls of that ancient famous City with a considerable number of Towers several of which are almost intire Here also are divers stately Porphyry Pillars and several curious Obelisks of pure Granet especially that which bears the Name of Pompey's Pillar some of 'em still standing others thrown down and all adorn'd with variety of Hieroglyphicks For a particular Account of such Pillars with a curious Draught of divers of 'em representing both their true Dimensions and Hieroglyphick Characters Vid. Philos Trans N. 161. and 178. To these Curiosities we may add the once proud Palace of Cleopatra now wholly in Ruins being so defac'd that 't is hardly discernible if ever such a stately Structure was in that place 2 In the Ancient Castle of Grand Caire are several Remarkables worthy of Observation which Strangers with some difficulty obtain leave to see The chief whereof are these Three First The Arcane which is a frightful dark Dungeon and that as they tell you into which the Patriarch Joseph was thrown down Secondly A very large Ancient Room with about thirty Pillars of Thebaick Stone as yet standing which still bears the Name of Joseph's Hall Lastly In this Castle is a prodigious deep Pit with a Spring of good Water in its bottom a Rarity in Egypt which the Natives term Joseph's Well From this Pit some Travellers are pleas'd to talk of an Artificial Communication under Ground between the Pyramids on one hand and the Town of Swez on the other For a farther account of these Particulars Vid. Thevenot 's Travels Part I. c. 9. 3. A few Miles West of Grand Caire are the Egyptian Pyramids call'd by the Turks Pharaon Doglary and by the Arabs Dgebel Pharaon i. e. Pharaoh's Hills those famous Monuments of Antiquity which 't would seem devouring Time could not consume The biggest of 'em hath these Dimensions viz. Five hundred and twenty Foot high upon a Base of six hundred and two Foot square two hundred and fifty Steps from top to bottom each Step being two Hands broad and almost four high and its Top being flat is able to contain thirty Men. 4. Adjacent to
the biggest Pyramid is a monstrous Figure of a prodigious greatness call'd Sphinx and by Herodotus Anarosphinx The Bust being all of one Stone represents the Face and Breasts of a Woman whose Head according to Pliny is a hundred and twenty Foot in Circumference and forty three long It 's also a hundred sixty two from the top of the Head to the lowest part of the Belly But these Dimensions are different from those of some Modern Travellers who say That 't is but twenty six Foot high and fifteen from the Chin to one of the Ears and the rest proportionably 5. Near to Grand Caire are several deep Subterranean Cavities hewen out of the firm Rock and having variety of Hieroglyphicks inscrib'd on the Walls in which repose several of the famous Egyptian Mummies and in some of those Repositories of the Dead it is that certain Lamps are said to have been found which constantly burn without consuming till expos'd to the open Air. 6 In the famous River of Nile is abundance of Crocodiles those terrible and devouring Animals now accounted the same with that Creature mention'd in the Book of Job under the Name of Leviathan commonly taken for the Whale but falsly as Bochart De Animalibus S. S. Part 2. Cap. 16 17 18. hath fully demonstrated A compleat Skeleton of this Animal about four Yards three quarters long may be seen in the Repository of Gresham Colledge being presented to the Royal Society by that truly Worthy and Ingenious Gentleman the Honourable Sir Robert Southwell To these Curiosities of Egypt I might here add that Supernatural but Fictitious Prodigy that 's reported to be yearly seen near to old Caire viz. The Annual Resurrection of many dead Bones on Holy Wednesday Thursday and Friday according to the old Calendar which both Turks and Christians in those Parts do firmly believe and that by the means of some pious Frauds of a few designing Santo's among them Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universitities See Natolia page 262. The Egytians now a-days being Persons of a low Stature tawny Complexion and of spare Bodies are generally reckon'd Cowards Luxurious Cruel Cunning and Treacherous They much degenerate from their Ancestors in every thing save only a vain Affectation of divining which some as yet pretend unto The chief Language commonly us'd in this Country is the Turkish and Vulgar Arabick or Moriâ—k especially the latter The Arabs brought in their Language with their Conquests which hath been preserved here ever since but the Cophti's still retain the use of the Ancient Egyptian Tongue which is very different from all the Oriental Languages especially in their Religious Performances In places of any considerable Traffick many of the European Tongues are understood and spoken This Country very famous of old both in Sacred and Prophane History being a Province of the Turkish Empire is govern'd by a particular Bassa or Beglerbeg who commonly resideth at Grand Cairo which Post is generally esteem'd the most Honourable Government of any belonging to the Port having under him no less than fifteen different Governments as also a powerful Militia commonly reckon'd the most considerable of all the Ottoman Empire See Turky in Europe page 182. The Inhabitants of this Country being Moors Turks and Arabs besides the Natural Egyptians are for the most part stricter Observers of Mahomet's Doctrine than any People elsewhere through all the Ottoman Dominions Here also are Jews in great numbers as also many Christians call'd Cophti who follow the Errors of Eutyches and Dioscorus yet not concurring with them in every Point The Christian Faith was first planted here by St. Mark who is universally acknowledg'd to have been the first Bishop of Alexandria SECT II. Concerning Barbary  d. m. Situated between 04 16 of Long. its greatest Length from W. to E. is about 2300 Miles 52 10 between 24 40 of Latit Breadth from N. to S is about 380 Miles 35 00 Barbary comprehends the Kingdoms of Morocco Chief Town Idem From W. to E. Fez Idem Rlensen Idem Algiers Idem Tunis Idem Tripo'i Idem Barca Idem Barbary being the most considerable at least the best known Country of all Africa I shall in particular consider its Divisions Therefore Chief Towns in Morocco are Taradunt Found from S. to N. Gazula Morocco Tednest Ehn din Teszca Fez are Fez in the main Land From S. to N. E. upon the Sea-Coast Beniz Saliee Larach Arzilla Tanger now demolish'd Ceuta Telensin are Oraâ— From W. to E. Tenâ— Chief Towns in Algiers are Algier From W. to E. Bugia Gigiari Bona Tunis are Beggia From W. to E upon the Sea-Coast Biserta Tunis Mahometa Susa Tripoli are Tripoli From W. to E. Lebida Misurata Barca are Barca From S. to N. Zadra THIS Country comprehending Mauritiana of the Ancients as also Africa propria and Lybia is term'd by the Italians Barbaria by the Spaniards Berberia by the French Barbarie by the Germans Barbaryen and by the English Barbary so call'd by the Saracens from Barbar which signifieth a murmuring Sound because this People seem'd at first to their Conquerors to pronounce their Language after a strange murmuring manner Others do rather imagine that the Romans upon their Conquest of this Country call'd it Barbaria and its Inhabitants Barbarians because of the Rudeness and Barbarity of their Manners The Air of this Country is indifferently temperate and generally esteem'd very heathful to breath in The opposite Part of the Globe to Barbary is part of Mare de'l Zur and Mare Pacificum lying between 184 and 232 Degrees of Longitude with 24 and 35 Degrees of Southern Latitude This Country lying in the 4th and 5th North Climate is very fertil in Corn and most kinds of Fruit although 't is full of Mountains and Woods especially towards the Mediterranean Sea It breadeth many kinds of Beasts particularly Lyons and Leopards with many Apes and some Elephants besides abundance of Cattle The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 14 Hours ¼ the shortest in the Southmost 10 Hours â…“ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Honey Wax Oyl Sugar Flax Hemp Hides Cordevants Dates Almonds Mantles c. On Mount Zagoan about six Miles South from Tunis are many Ruins of an old Castle built by the Ancient Romans with several Latin Inscriptions as yet to be seen upon divers Marble Stones 2 From the aforesaid Mountain to the City of Carthage was once a curious Aqueduct and upon Mount Guestet in the same Neighbourhood are some plain Vestigia of Roman Magnificence still visible to this Day 3. In the City of Morocco are two magnificent Temples one built by Ali and the other by Addul Mumen which deserve the particular regard of a curious Traveller 4. In the Palace Royal of the Morocco Emperors a Building of a vast Extent and term'd by the Natives Alcacave or Michouart is a stately Mosque with a very high Turret on
and 235 Degrees of Longitude with 22 and 32 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate is somewhat Barren the Ground for the most part being very Sandy yet in some low Valleys is found Corn and great Quantity of Dates The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 14 Hours the shortest in the Southmost 10 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably The Commodities of this Country are very few they chiefly consisting in Corn Cattle Dates and Indigo A certain River whose Origine is in Mount Atlas but watereth the Plains of Bildulgerid in its main Body passing by a Town call'd Teolacha hath a Current of Water extreamly warm and is known to European Travellers by no other Name than la Riviere Chaude or the Hot River 2. There 's another River issuing out of the Mountains of Numidia and passing by the four Forts of Ifran disgorgeth it self into the main Ocean between Bojadore and the Town of Nun which in the Winter-time when other Rivers do usually swell over their Banks grows commonly dry and goes thereupon by the Frank Name of la Riviere Seche 3. Nigh the aforesaid Teolacha is a little Village call'd Deusen which is of great Antiquity being built by the Romans as appears by the Remains of several Structures and some Roman Sepulchres besides variety of Medals found frequently after a Rain having commonly a Head upon one side of 'em with Latin Inscriptions and Trophies on the other Vid Dapper 's late Description of Africa Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Inhabitants of this Country besides the Natives being chiefly Arabs are generally Ignorant Cruel Lecherous and much given to Robbing All we can learn of the Language commonly us'd by the Natives of this Country is that 't is as Rude and Barbarous as they themselves The Arabs here residing do still retain their own Tongue This great Body is subject unto several little Kings or Lords who for the most part are Tributary to the Great Turk and Emperor of Morocco Some places are govern'd in Form of Independent Commonwealths and others are without any kind of Government or Order among them The Religion profess'd by the Savage Inhabitants of this Country is that of Mahometanism but many of 'em are sunk into the grossest Stupidity as to Religious Matters either not knowing what they profess or professing as good as none at all Here are several Jews scatter'd up and down those places best inhabited The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country much about the same time with Barbary Of which already SECT IV. Concerning Zaara or the Desert  d. m. Situated between 02 00 of Long. Itsgreatest Length from W to E. is about 2340 Miles 50 00 between 21 00 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 330 Miles 28 00 Zaara or the Desert comprehends the Provinces of Borno Chief Town Idem From W. to E. Gaogo Idem Bardoa Idem Lempta Idem Targa Idem Zuenziga Idem Zanhaga Tagassa THIS Country a Part of Ancient Lybia the Seat of the Getuli and Garamantes is term'd by the Italians Zaara by the Spaniards Zaara o Desierto by the French Zahara ou Desert by the Germans Zaara or Wijste and by the English Zaara or the Desert so call'd by the Arabians the Name signifying a Desert because 't is a Country very Barren and thinly inhabited The Air of this Country is much the same as in Bildulgerid only a little more hot yet very wholsome to breath in The opposite Place of the Globe to Zaara is that part of Mare del Zur and Mare Pacificum dying between 182 and 243 Degrees of Longitude with 21 and 28 Degrees of South Latitude This Country lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate being generally very Dry and Sandy is not fertil either for Corn or Fruits yea 't is generally so barren that its Inhabitants can hardly live Such are those vast Deserts and terrible Mountains of Sand in this Country that Travellers are frequently reduc'd to great Extremities being liable either to be overwhelm'd with Sand if a Tempest of Wind arise or to perish with Thirst if it chance not to Rain To prevent the last of these the first being unavoidable in case of Wind they commonly kill one of their Camels and drink the Water in his Stomach those Creatures taking in so large a quantity at one time as sufficeth Nature for fourteen or fifteen Days together The longest Day in the Northmost Part is about 13 Hours¼ the shortest in the Southmost is 10 Hours¾ and the Nights proportionably The Commodities of this Country are very inconsiderable they chiefly consisting in a few Camels Dates and Cattle Nigh to C. Bojadore on the West of Zahara are certain Banks of Sand stretching along that part of the Coast towards which so strong a Current sets in that the Water being in a mighty Agitation both Waves and Sand mixing together do not only resemble a boiling Salt-pan but also they frequently mount up to a prodigious height 2. In the Desert of Araoan are two Tombs with Inscriptions upon 'em importing that the Persons there interr'd were a rich Merchant and a poor Carrier who both di'd of Thirst and that the former had given ten thousand Ducats for one Cruise of Water 3. North of Gaogo are some Vesligia of the Ancient Cyrene the chief City of Lybia Cyrenaica and formerly one of the famous Pentapolis Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universitities None The Inhabitants of this Country being mostly Arabs are an Ignorant Brutish and Savage kind of People resembling rather Wild Beasts than Rational Creatures What was said of the Language spoken by the Natives of Bildulgerid the same may be affirm'd of that commonly us'd in this Country viz. that it 's as Rude and Barbarous as they who speak it This great Country is subject to several particular Lords whom they term Xeques but many of 'em wander up and down hunting in great Companies accounting themselves Independant This Country being stockt with Arabs the only Religion here profess'd is that of Mahomet's but so Barbarous and Brutish is the generality of this People that many of 'em live without the least sign of Religion among them The Christian Faith was once planted here but quite exterminated towards the beginning of the Eighth Century SECT V. Concerning the Land of the Negroes  d. m. Situated between 00 10 of Long. It s greatest Length from W. to E. is about 2280 Miles 46 20 between 10 00 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 600 Miles 23 10 The Land of the Negroes comprehends the Provinces of Genohoa Chief Town Idem From W. to E. upon the North of the Niger Galata Idem Tombut Idem Agades Idem Cano Idem Cassena Idem Guangara Idem Melli Idem From W. to E. upon the South of the Niger Mandinga Idem
call'd by the Portugucze at their first Discovery of it Anno 1429. because wholly over grown with Trees the word Madeira signifying a Wood. The Air of Maderas being very Temperate considering the Latitude of the Island is generally esteem'd very healthful to breath in That Place of the Globe opposite to Madera is part of the vast Occidental Ocean between 180 and 182 Degrees of Longitude with 32 and 33 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil of this Island is very fertil producing in great plenty most sorts of excellent Fruits and a kind of Wine that 's much esteem'd off being fit to keep for a long time both by Sea and Land The length of the Days and Nights in this Island is much the same as in Zaara on the main Continent they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Island are excellent Wine and most sorts of desirable Fruits as also Honey and Wax c. What mostly deserves the Epithet of Rare on this Island is that excellent Quality either of its Air or Soil or both which like our Neighbouring Island Ireland proves mortal to all Venomous Animals none such being found here or able to live if brought thither from abroad In the side of a Hill nigh Fonzal is a remarkable Fountain whose Waters do sometimes issue forth in such abundance that the adjacent Parts of the Island are then subject to a terrible Inundation Archbishopricks None One Bishoprick viz. that of Fonzal or Funchale which is Suffragan to Lisbon The Inhabitants of this Island being Portugueze are much the same in Manners with those on the Continent but more vitiously enclin'd if that can be well suppos'd being mighty Proficients in their common Crimes of Theft and Murther The Portugueze here residing do still retain their own Language This Island belonging to the Crown of Portugal is rul'd by a particular Deputy whose place of Residence is commonly at Tonza The Inhabitants of this Island being Portugueze as aforesaid are of the same Religion with that publickly profess'd in the Kingdom of Portugal Having thus considered in particular the most remarkable of the African Islands proceed we now in pursuance of our propos'd Method to take a General View of all the rest or those that are less remarkable Now such Islands to be very brief being strangely scatter'd up and down the Ethiopick and Atlantick Oceans do mightily differ in their Air and Soil according to the various Climates they lie in and in none of 'em is any remarkable place except only the Isle of Zocotora in which is a Town of the same Name As for the chief Observables relating to their Inhabitants particularly their Manners Language and Religion we may sufficiently learn the same only by naming those several States or Sovereigns on the Continent to whom these Islands belong they being generally peopl'd and possess'd by some of them Their present Possessors then in short are as followeth Less remarkable Islands being Zocotora is possess'd by the Arabians Comore the Natives St. Thomas the Portuguexe The Princes Island the Portugueze Annobon the Portugueze St. Helena the English Ascension Island not inhabited And so much for Africa and the African Islands Now followeth CHAP. IV. Of AMERICA Divided page 44. into North comprehending Mexico or N. Spain Capital City Mexico N. Mex or Granada S. Fee Florida Coca Terra Canadensis Boston Terra Arctica South comprehending Terra Firma S. Feede Bagota Peru Lima. Land of the Amazons Brasil S. Salvador Chyli S. Jago Paraguay Assumption Terra Magellanica Terra Antarctica To these add the American Islands Of all which in Order Therefore SECT I. Concerning Mexico or New Spain  d. m. Situated between 259 00 of Long. its greatest Length from S. E to N. W. is about 2520 Miles 297 00 between 08 50 of Latit Breadth from E. to W. is about 840 Miles 30 00 Divided into Audience of Guadalajara C. T. Idem N. W. to S. E. Audience of Mexico Idem Audience of Guatimala S. Jago de Guat Guadalajara comprehends the Provinces of Cinalod Chief Town S. Juan In the Midland from N. to S. New Biscay Barbara Zacaticas Zacatecas Guadalajara Idem Chiameltan St. Sebastian On the Sea Coast from N. to S. Xalisco Compostella Mexico comprehends the Provinces of Panuco Idem On Sinus Mexicanus from N. W. to S. E. Mexico Idem Mechoacan Idem Los Angelos Idem Antequera Idem Tabasco Port Royal Jucutan Merida Guatimala comprehends the Provinces of Soco Nusco Guevetland from N. W. to S. E. on the South Sea Guatimald S. Jago de Guat Nicaragua Leon Cost a Rica Carthago Veragua Conception Honduras New Valladolid From S. E. on N. W. upon Sinus Mexic Vera Pax Idem Chiapa Cividad real THIS Country discovered at first by John Grijalve but more exactly view'd and at last conquered by the Valiant Ferdinando Cortez Anno 15 18. is term'd by the Italians Spagna Novella by the Spaniards Nueva Espana by the French Nouvelle Espagne by the Germans Neu Spanien and by the English Mexico or New Spain call'd Mexico from the chief City thereof and New Spain to distinguish it from the Kingdom of Spain in Europe Notwithstanding this Country for the most part lieth within the Torrid Zone yet the Air is very temperate and generally reckon'd extraordinary wholsome to breath in being qualifi'd with refreshing Showers in the hottest Months and cool Breezes from the Sea all the Year The opposite Place of the Globe to New Spain is part of the East-India Ocean lying between 80 and 117 Degrees of Longitude with 8 and 30 Degrees of South Latitude This Country lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate is bless'd with a very fertil Soil producing many sorts of Grain as Wheat Barley Pulse and Maize several kinds of Fruits as Pomegranats Oranges Lemons Citrons Malicatons Cherries Pears Apples Figs Cocoa-Nuts and great plenty of Herbs Plants and Roots Here also are some rich Mines of Gold and Silver and vast and spacious Plains affording the best of Pasturage The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 13 Hours ¾ the shortest in the Southmost 12½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Wooll Cotton Sugar Silk Cochencel Feathers Honey Balm Amber Salt Tallow Hides Tobacco Ginger and divers Medicinal Drugs About three Leagues from Guayaca is the Stump of a Hollow Tree call'd Tlaco-Chavoya which was of a prodigious bigness when intire being then reckon'd sixteen Fathoms in compass near the Root and somewhat higher twelve Before 't was Thunder struck which occasion'd the hollowness no fewer than a thousand Men 't is said could conveniently shelter themselves from Rain under its wide extended Boughs 2 In several Parts of this Country grows a certain Tree call'd Maguey which may be said to yield Water Oyl Wine Honey and Vinegar For the Body of the Tree being big and hollow
their worldly Estate for that noble Undertaking which might probably be less subject to Abuses than erecting and endowing of Hospitals Alms-houses and such like that in process of time such a stock of Money might be settl'd in a sure Fund as yearly to afford a desirable Competency to a continued Set of Men who should be found sussiciently able and willing to labour in that most Christian Design §. 6. New York THIS Country discover'd Anno 1608. by Mr. Hudson is term'd by the Italians Yorke Nouella by the Spaniards Nuevo York by the French Nouvelle Yorke by the Germans New Yorke and by the English New York so call'd from the then Duke of York for it being sold by Mr. Hudson to the Dutch without leave from his Master the King of England and they keeping Possession thereof under the Name of New Netherland till the Year 1664. 't was then reduc'd to the English Crown whereupon King Charles the II. by special Writ made his Royal Brother the Duke of York Proprietor of it from whom as aforesaid it derives its Name The Air of this Country is commonly reputed to be much the same with that of New England The opposite Place of the Globe to New York is that part of the East-Indian Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 40 and 42 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country as also Long Island is by general Relation so rich that one Bushel of European Wheat doth ordinarily produce an hundred in many places It aboundeth likeways with most sorts of English Grain Herbs and Fruits and produceth excellent Tobacco as also Melons Pumpkins c. The length of the Days and Nights in this Country is the same as in the Kingdom of Naples they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Country are Tobacco Bever Otter Ratoon Deer and Elk-Skins and other costly Furs for which the English and Dutch trade with the Natives In divers Parts of New York especially those nigh unto and upon the Banks of the River Connecticut grows a sort of Snake-Weed whose Root is much esteem'd off for the Biting of the Rattle-Snake Being pulveriz'd it hath an excellent Fragrant Smell and a good Aromatick Taste but seems different from the Serpentaria of the Shops Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of this Country especially those of Long Island are by mortal Diseases and frequent Wars among themselves reduc'd to a small number Some of 'em are now serviceable to the English and the rest spend their time commonly in Hunting Fowling and Fishing especially the Men who remove from place to place and leave their Wives for Tilling the Ground and Planting the Corn. They 're much given of late to Drinking and frequently intoxicate themselves with strong European Liquors The Inhabitants of this Country being English and a few Dutch do use the Languages peculiar to their respective Countries The Natives speak a very unpleasant Dialect of the Indian Tongue The Natives of this Country are govern'd by their peculiar Sachems who are said to advise with their chief Councellors in Matters of Importance but still to pronounce the definitive Sentence themselves which their People commonly receive with great Applause The English here residing are subject unto and rul'd by their own Governor authorized and sent over by His Majesty the King of Great Britain The English here residing are much the same in Point of Religion with those here in England But the Natives are still in the dark and addicted to the blackest Idolative the generality of 'em being said to Worship the Devil under the Name of Monetto to whom they frequently address themselves with a kind of Magical Rites and their Priests call'd Pawaws do act as so many Conjurers §. 7. New Jersey THIS Country discover'd by the English under the Conduct of the two Cabots Anno 1497. and lately divided into East and West Jersey is term'd by the Italians Jerscia Nouella by the Spaniards Nuevo Jersey by the French Nouvelle Jersey by the Germans Neu Jerseii and by the English New Jersey so call'd from the Island Jersey in the British Channel but why so term'd is somewhat dubious The Air of this Country is esteem'd abundantly healthful to breath in and agreeable enough to English Constitutions as sufficiently appears from the long Experience of many Planters The opposite Place of the Globe to New Jersey is that part of the vast Indian Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 39 and 41 Degrees of Southern Latitude The Soil is not every where the same being in some Parts extraordinary good and in others very indifferent But 't is generally believ'd to prove much better after the felling of the Timber and clearing the Ground in which the Colony begins now to make a good Progress The length of the Days and Nights in this Country is the same as in the South of Italy they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities exported hence for England are Whale-Oyl Whale-Fins Bever Monkey Ratoon and Martin-Skins As also Beef Pork Corn Butter and Cheese to the adjacent Islands As the principal Observables of New Jersey we may reckon some rare Plants growing in divers Parts of that Country and easily found by the curious Botanist if only at the pains to make a search proportionable to his Curiosity Here also is that huge Creature call'd the Moose of whose Skin they make excellent Buff. Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of this Country fewer in number than in most of the adjacent Colonies are generally reckon'd a very simple and innocent sort of People and many of 'em are now become very serviceable to the Planters The English here residing are much the same in Manners with those in England All that can be said of the Language of the Natives of this Country is in general that 't is one of the many different Dialects of the Indian Tongue Those of the Plantation retain and use their own Language This Country being divided into a certain number of Shares or Proprieties out of each Propriety is Annually chosen a Freeholder by the Inhabitants thereof These Freeholders meet at a certain time of the Year as a General Assembly or compleat Representative Body of the whole Colony In that Assembly together with the Governor or his Deputy is lodg'd the Legislative Power in making or repealing of Laws relating to the whole Province but still with this Restriction that they no ways infringe that Liberty of Conscience at first establisht and that by an irrevocable Fundamental Constitution never to be alter'd by any subsequent Law whatsoever No Tax or Subsidy Rates or Services are to be impos'd upon the People but by and with the Consent of their Representatives in that Assembly The English here residing are of different
Persuasions in Point of Religion there being a Liberty of Conscience allow'd to all of the Colony But the poor Natives to our great shame are still groping in the Twilight of Paganism §. 8. Pensilvania THIS Country discovered at the same time with the rest of the adjacent Continent is term'd by the French Pensilvanie by the Germans Pensilvanien by the Italians Spaniards and English Pensilvania so call'd from William Pen Esquire whom King Charles II. made first Proprietor thereof by Letters Patent Anno 1680. The Air of this Country is generally granted to be clear and sweet the Heavens being seldom over cast with Clouds The length of the Days and Nights is much the same here as in New Jersey The Soil of this Country is tollerably good in many Parts but in some Places extreamly barren The opposite Place of the Globe to Pensilvania is that part of the East-India Ocean lying between 115 and 125 Degrees of Longitude with 40 and 45 Degrees of South Latitude There being no considerable Trade as yet settl'd between this and Foreign Countries the chief Commodities hither to exported are mostly Horses and Pipe-Staves commonly sent to the Island of Barbadoes In several Parts of Pensilvania are Springs of good Mineral Waters particularly those about two Miles from Philadelphia which for Operation are accounted much the same with our Purging Waters at Barnet Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of this Country being Persons of tall Bodies and swarthy Complexions are generally reckon'd more mild and civilly enclin'd than most others of the Indian Nations The Europeans here residing being mostly English with a few Dutch and Swedes are much the same with those in Europe The Language of the Natives being a Dialect of the Indian Tongue is said to be very Lofty Sweet and Emphatick in respect of many others in these Parts of the World as also very easy to be acquired by Strangers The Europeans here residing retain the respective Languages of their own Countries This Country being granted as aforesaid to William Pen by his Majesty King Charles II. the Publick Affairs thereof are manag'd by several Courts of of Justice there establisht under him as Proprietor who or his Deputy Rules the same in Subordination to the King of Great Britain The English here residing are of different Sects and Persuasions but Enthusiasm chiefly prevails this Country being stockt with Quakers by their Governor William Pen. The Natives are said to have a pretty clear Notion of a Supreme Being the Immortality of the Soul and a Future State Their Worship chiefly consists in Sacrifices and Songs intermixt with Dancing §. 9. Mary-Land THIS Country discover'd by the English under the Conduct of the two Cabots Anno 1497. is term'd by the Italians Marylandia by the Spaniards Tierra de Maria by the French Terre du Marie by the Germans Marienland and by the English Maryland so call'd at last in Honour of Queen Mary Wife to King Charles I. who gave it by Letters-Patent under that Name to the Right Honourable Caecilius Colvert Lord Baltimore Anno 1632. The Air of this Country is much more healthful now and more agreeing to English Constitutions than formerly when the Woods were intire and the better it still grows the greater Progress they make in felling the Timber The opposite Place of the Globe to Maryland is that part of the East-Indian Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 37 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country is generally reckon'd very fertil and rich producing in great plenty the same things with New York The length of the Days and Nights in Maryland is much the same as in the Southern Provinces of Spain they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Country are Tobacco Hemp Flax Wood Hops Rape-Seed Madder Furs Elk-Skins c. Of several rare Crustaceous Animals found in this Country That call'd the Signoe or Signenoc is most observable and that particularly for the admirable contrivance of his Eyes For they being plac'd under the Covert of a thick Shell Nature whose Operation is wonderful in every thing hath so order'd that those Parts above the Eyes are so transparent as to convey a competency of Light whereby the otherways benighted Animal can clearly see its way For several other remarkable Creatures with a Catalogue of rare Plants in Maryland Vid. Philos Trans N. 246. Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universitities None The Natives of this Country consider'd in the main are generally reckon'd the same with those of New York or the nearest to them in their Temper and Customs of any other of the American Nations whatsoever The English here residing are much the same with those in England The Language of the Natives in this Country is said to consist of divers Idioms very different from one another and none of 'em either so pleasant to the Ear or so easy to be acquir'd by Strangers as those in Pensilvania The English here residing use their own Language The Right Honourable Coectlius Colvert Lord Baltimore his Heirs and Assigns being by Letters-Patent Anno 1632 created Lords and Proprietors of Maryland excepting the Sovereign Dominion and Allegiance with a fifth part of the Gold and Silver Ore reserv'd to His Majesty The Government of the Colony by their Lordships Care and Prudence is so modell'd that we may reckon it a Diminutive of that of England For the Supreme Court call'd a General Assembly resembles in some measure our English Parliament being divided into an Upper and Lower House The Upper consists of the Governor himself with his Council and such Lords of Mannors and others as his Lordship or Lieutenant shall by Writ call thither The Lower is made up of Delegates elected and sent by each County of the whole Plantation This Assembly is conveen'd prorogu'd or dissolv'd at pleasure by his Lordship or Lieutenant and whatever is agreed upon and enacted by both Houses and assented unto by his Lordship hath the Sanction of a Law and can't be repeal'd but by the same Authority Next to this Legislative Assembly is the Provincial Court generally held at St. Maries to which Appeals are made from all Inferior Courts of the whole Province The English here residing are of various Persuasions in Point of Religion there being a Tolleration enjoin'd for all Sects of Christianity The Natives know nothing as yet of the true God save what they obscurely see by the glimsing Light of Nature §. 10. Virginia THIS Country discover'd first by Sebastian Cabot Anno 1497. but afterwards more perfectly by Sir Walter Rawleigh Anno 1584. when he took Possession thereof in Queen Elizabeth's Name is term'd by the French Virginie by the Germans Virginien by the Italians Spaniards and English Virginia so call'd in Honour of Queen Elizabeth that Masculine Virgin
Queen of happy Memory The Air of this Country as to Heat and Cold Driness and Moisture is variable according to the Winds those from the North and North-West being universally cold and piercing but those from the South and South-East do commonly bring along with them great Heat in the Summer which is frequently succeeded in September by Rain in such quantity that it hath several times occasion'd an Epidemical Sickness among the People The opposite Place of the Globe to Virginia is that part of the East-Indian Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 33 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country strangely intermixt with a vast number of Oyster-Shells is generally Sandy yet abundantly fertil in Grain where imploy'd that way It affordeth also most sorts of Roots and desirable Fruits with Physical Plants and Herbs in great plenty but above all it produceth a wonderful quantity of Tobacco that bewitching Weed so accounted off all the World over The length of the Days and Nights in Virginia is the same as in the Southern Provinces of Spain they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Country in which the Natives Traffick with the English are Skins of Deer Bever and other Wild Beasts for which the English return them Guns Powder Shot Iron-Tools Brandy c. but the chief thing exported hence for England is Tobacco there being above an hundred and fifty Sail of Ships commonly that load therewith every Year Such is the prodigious multitude of Oyster-Shells intermixt with the Earth in Virginia that in some places they 're found three or four Yards deep in the Ground where lying close together they 're said to petrify and seem to make a Vein of such a Rock But whether the Parts of that Rock are really the Shells of Oysters there left by the Sea which some suppose to have overflow'd this Tract of Land or Lapides sui Generis sub Judice lis est 2. In some lesser Banks of Shells are found Teeth about two or three Inches long and one broad suppos'd to be those of Fishes and in other Parts are dug up the Bones of Whales several Yards deep and that many Leagues from Sea 3. Near the River Patomeck is a sort of Aluminous Earth of an Ash-colour very soft and light and of an Acid-astringent Taste almost like that of Allum 4. In many Parts of this Country is found a certain kind of Squirrel who at his pleasure can stretch out the Skin of his Sides Thighs and Legs about an Inch in breadth almost like the Wings of a Bat by the help of which he leaps farther and alights more surely than the ordinary sort and is therefore call'd the Flying-Squirrel Archbishopricks Bishopricks None As for Universities here is a considerable Seminary of Learning lately establisht at St. James Town which already merits the Title of Colledge and we hope it will in process of time deserve the Name of an University The Natives of this Country being Persons generally of tall and slender Bodies black Hair and of a tawny Complexion are much given to Revenge and very exact in vindicating the Death of a Friend if they can by any means possible They spend most of their time in Hunting wild Beasts particularly Deer and Bever whose Skins as aforesaid they interchange with the English for what Necessaries they want Natives of the Inland Parts are said to burn their Dead and lay up their Ashes near their Cabins Those whom they own as Priests are lookt upon as so many Conjurers because by their Invocations in a private Cabin 't is reported that they frequently cause abundance of Rain to fall The English here residing are much the same with those in England The Language of the Natives of this Country is remarkable for its vast variety of Dialects and those so different from one another that People of twenty Miles distance and sometimes less are as quite different Nations neither of 'em being able to comprehend the full meaning of one anothers Jargon without the help of an Interpreter Of such People or Nations are chiefly reckon'd the Chawonocks Mangoags Monacans Mannahocks Masawomekes Pawhatans c. The English here residing retain and use their own Language The Natives especially those in the Inland Parts of this Country own Subjection to certain Governors of their own call'd Weroans The English are subject unto and rul'd by a particular Governor appointed and sent thither by his Britannick Majesty The various Laws which immediately relate to the Colony it self are made by the Governor with the Consent of his Council in Conjunction with the Burgesses elected by Free-holders But for Decision of Matters whether Civil or Criminal in general they 're the very same with those here in England The chief Court of Judicature being held Quarterly is call'd the Quarter-Court In it the Governor and Council are Judges who determine in Affairs of greatest moment and to it Appeals are made from Inferior Courts Monthly kept in every County there being Sheriffs Justices of the Peace and other Officers appointed for that end by the Governor The English here residing are for the most part Professors of the Protestant Doctrine and Observers of the Forms of Divine Worship according to the Model of the Church of England But the Natives continue Pagan except a few of the younger sort already taught the Elements of Human Literature and instructed in the Principles of Christianity by the Members of our lately erected Seminary of Learning at St James Town of whose happy and desired Progress in this matter we have all Reason in the World to wish and no small Grounds to hope the best §. 11. Carolina THIS Country discover'd at first about the same time with Virginia and afterwards Anno 1660 granted by Patent to several Noblemen as Proprietors thereof is term'd by the French Caroline by the Italians Spaniards Germans and English Carolina so call'd in Honour of His Britannick Majesty King Charles the Second The Air of this Country is reckon'd very healthful to breath in and so temperate that 't is a good Medium between the extremities of Heat and Cold that are most sensibly felt in divers Parts of the World The opposite Place of the Globe to Carolina is that part of the East-Indian Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 29 and 36 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country is for the most part very fruitful producing in great plenty most sorts of Fruits Roots Plants Herbs c. besides variety of English Grain The length of the Days and Nights in Carolina is much the same with those in the Southmost Part of Spain and Northmost of Barbary they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities exported hence are Skins of Otters Bears and Leopards as also Oyl Olives Cotton Indico Ginger Tobacco
Sorsaparilla Turmerick Snakes-Root c. What chiefly deserves the Epithet of Rare in Carolina is a certain Herb which goes by the Name of the Country and remarkable for its long red Root which draws upon Paper good red Lines but answers not in Dying Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Natives of this Country being naturally Men of good Courage and for a long time at Wars among themselves are mightily diminish'd in their Number by what they were But those remaining are generally Persons of a good agreeable Temper and maintain a firm Friendship with our Colony The English here residing are the same in Manners with those here in England The Natives have a particular Jargon of their own which sounds very harsh to the Ear and seems to Strangers extreamly hard if not impossible to be acquir'd The English use their own Language King Charles II. having granted Carolina by Letters-Patent in Propriety to George Duke of Albemarle Edward Earl of Clarendon c. by those Letters the Laws of England were to be always in force in this Country only the Lords Proprietors are impower'd together with the Consent of the Inhabitants to make or repeal such By-Laws as shall from time to time be thought expedient for the better governing of the whole Colony The English here residing are of many and different Perswasions in Matters of Religion there being a Liberty of Conscience allow'd by the very Constitution of their Government The Natives have as yet no reveal'd Knowledge of the True God but follow the vain Imaginations of their own Minds however they are said to acknowledge one Supreme Being whom they Worship under the Name of Okee and to him their Priests do frequently Sacrifice but they believe that he takes no care of Human Affairs committing them to lesser Deities They acknowledge also a Transmigration of Souls and a Future State of Happiness after this Life SCET. V. Concerning Terra Arctica UNDER the Title of Terra Arctica we comprehend all those Northern Countries lying either intirely or mostly within the Arctick Polar Circle The chief of which are these following viz. Greenland Nova Zembla New Denmark Spitsberge Terra de Jesso New North Wales Of these we know little more as yet than their bare Names I am very sensible That in treating of them yea and that individual Part of the Earth exactly under the North Pole some Writers are pleas'd to speak as particularly as if they were discoursing of the Fifty two Counties of England But leaving such Gentlemen to divert themselves with their own Chimera's and leaving these Countries to the better Discovery of Future Ages I pass on to the various Divisions of South America chusing rather to say nothing of the aforesaid unknown Countries than to relate things of them that are satisfactory neither to my self nor the Reader being willing to have due regard to that excellent Saying of the Roman Orator Quam bellum est velle confiteri potius nescire guod Nescias quam ista effutientem nauseare atque ipsum sibi displicere Cic. de Nat. Deor. Lib. 1. Now followeth SECT VI. Concerning Terra Firma  d. m. Situated between 297 30 of Long. It s greatest Length from E to W. is about 1260 Miles 330 00 between 03 20 of Latit Breadth from S. to N. is about 480 Miles 11 30 Being divided into East the River Orinoque call'd Guiana West the River Orinoque term'd Castello del Oro. East comprehands the Provinces of Caribana Chief Town Moreshego N. to S. Guiana Manboa West comprehends the Provinces of Panama or Terra Firma Panama From W. to E. Carthagena Idem St Martha Idem Rio de la hacha Idem Venezula Idem Andaluzia Comane Paria Maluregvara From E. to W. Granada St. Fe de Bagota Popayan St. Fe de Antiochia THIS Country discover'd by the Spaniards and Conquer'd Anno 15 14. is term'd by the Italians Terra Firma by the Spaniards Tierra Firma by the French Terre Ferme by the Germans Het vast Land and by the English Terra Firma so call'd by the Discoverers thereof as being one Part of the Firm Land or Main Continent at which the Spaniards first touch'd in their Western Discoveries The Air of this Country is extreamly hot yet generally accounted very wholesome save in the Northmost Parts adjacent to the Isthmus of Panama where the Ground is full of Lakes and Marishes which by their ascending Vapours do render the Air very gross and consequently less wholesome to breath in The opposite Place of the Globe to Terra Firma is that part of the East-Indian Ocean lying between 107 and 150 Degrees of Longitude with 3 Degrees of North and 11 Degrees of Southern Latitude This Country lying mostly in the first North Climate is said to be blessed with an excellent Soil producing great plenty of Corn and Fruits where duly manur'd It mightily abounds in Venison Fish and Fowl A great part of it is planted with Cotton and others are very productive of Sugars and Tobacco Here are also very considerable Mines of Gold Silver Brass c. many precious Stones and in several places good fishing of Pearls The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is 12 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 12 Hours or thereabouts and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold Silver and other Metals Balsam Rozin Gums Long Pepper Emeralds Saphires Jasper c. Upon the Coast of Terra Firma nigh Surinam is frequently seen and sometimes taken that Fish usually call'd by Mariners the Old Wife but otherways the Square Acarauna so term'd from his Figure being almost a compleat Quadratum 2. In several Parts of Guiana are certain Trees call'd Totock remarkable for their Fruit which is of so great a bulk and withal so hard that People can't with safety walk among 'em when the Fruit is ripe being in danger every moment to have their Brains knockt out 3. In one of the Branches of Orenoque River is such a hideous Cataract that the Water falling down makes as loud a Noise as if a thousand Bells were knock'd one against another Vid. Heylin's Cosmog last Edition page 1086. 4. On the top of a high Mountain call'd Cowob is a considerable Lake according to the Report of the Natives and that well-stockt with most sorts of Fishes 5 In some Rivers of Guiana is a certain little Fish about the bigness of a Smelt and remarkable for having four Eyes two on each side one above the other and in Swiming 't is observ'd to keep the uppermost two above and the other two under Water 6. In the Island of Trinidado near the Coast of Terra Firma is a remarkable Fountain of Pitch which boileth out of the Earth in great abundance and is exported thence to various places in these Parts of the World 7. Near C. Brea on the Continent is another Fountain of Pitchy Substance much us'd
in triming of Ships with good success and preferable to the ordinary Pitch in those hot Countries being able to resist the scorching Heat of the Sun-Beams Vid. Purchas his Pilgrims Part 4. Lib. 6. Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick viz. that of St. Fee de Bagota Bishopricks four viz. those of Popayan Carthagena Panama St. Martha None The Natives of this Country being Persons of a tawny Colour and for the most part of very robust and proper Bodies are a People that 's very healthful and generally live to great Ages notwithstanding the Air they breath in is none of the best They spend most of their time in Hunting and such like Diversions as the generality of other Americans do and commonly they walk naked above their Middles Here is a great Diversity of Languages among the Natives and each of these divided into several Dialects The Europeans here settl'd retain the several Languages peculiar to their respective Countries from whence they came This spacious Country is in a great part subject to the King of Spain and govern'd by the Vice-Roy of Mexico under whom are several Deputy-Governors in divers Parts for the better management of the whole and for an equal Distribution of Justice every where there are establisht many Courts of Judicatory in which all Causes whether Civil or Criminal are heard and determin'd Some of the Midland Provinces are as yet free from the Spanish Power being still maintain'd by the Natives who acknowledge Subjection unto and are govern'd by the Heads or Eldest of their Families The Natives of this Country especially in the Midland Provinces are gross Idolaters Nigh unto and upon the River Wiapoco is a certain Nation call'd Marashewaccas whose Object of Religious Worship is a monstrous Idol of Stone set up in a most frightful Posture For it is fashion'd like a very big Man sitting upon his Heels resting his Elbows upon his Knees and holding forwards the Palms of his Hands and looking upwards doth gape with his Mouth wide open The different Europeans here residing are of the same Religion with that establisht in the respective Countries from whence they came SECT VII Concerning Peru.  d. m. Situated between 290 30 of Long. Itsgreatest Length from N. to S. is about 1440 Miles 307 10 between 25 30 of S. Latit Breadth from W. to E. is about 480 Miles 01 00 of N. Lat. Peru comprehends the Province of Posto Chief Town Poston From N. to S. Los Quixos Baesa Pacamores Valladolid Quiâ—c Idem Peru Lima Los Careaâ— Potosi THIS Country discovered by the Spaniards Anno 1525. is term'd Peru by the Italians Spaniards French Germans and English so call'd according to the best of Criticks from a certain Rivulet which bore that Name among the Indians at the Spaniards first arrival The Air of this Country is of a very different Nature being in some places extremely hot and in others extraordinary sharp and piercing The Wind upon this Coast according to J. Acosta blows always from the South and South-West contrary to what 's usual between the Tropicks and is not violent tempestuous or unhealthful as elsewhere but very moderate and agreeable He further observes That all along the Coast call'd Lanos it never Rains Thunders Snows nor Hails yet very frequently a little out at Sea And that among the Andes it Rains in a manner continually The opposite Place of the Globe to Peru is that part of the Gulf of Bengale between 110 and 127 Degrees of Longitude with 1 and 25 Degrees of South Latitude This Country lying in the 1st 2d and 3d South Climate consisteth of many large and pleasant Vallies with divers high and lofty Mountains The Vallies in some places especially towards the Sea-Coasts are very Sandy and frequently subject to Earth Quakes in other places they are very rich and the Air extremely sultry The Mountains particularly the Andes are for the most part continually Cold in their Tops yet exceeding fertil and generally lin'd with most costly Mines beyond any Country in the World witness the famous lofty Hill of Potozi in the Province of Los Carcas It is universally esteem'd the richest of all the Foreign Plantations belonging to the Spaniard The longest Day in the Northmost Part of Peru is about 12 Hours ¼ the shortest in the Southmost is 10 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold and Silver in vast quantities costly Pearls and abundance of Cotton Tobacco Cocheneel Medicinal Drugs c. There 's a high Mountain in Peru call'd Periacaca to whose Top if any Person ascend he 's suddenly taken with a terrible sit of Vomiting And many Travellers endeavouring to pass over the Desert of Punas have been benumm'd on a sudden and faln down dead which makes that way wholly neglected of late 2. On the Tops of the highest Mountains in Peru as in other Parts of the World are frequently found some considerable Lakes several of which are very hot 3 In the Valley of Tarapaya near to Potozi is a very hot Lake of a Circular Form whose middle part for about twenty Foot square continually boils up and though the Water is so extreamly warm yet the Soil about the Lake is extraordinary cold 4 At the Baths of Ingua is a Stream of Water almost boiling hot and hard by it doth issue forth another Stream as cold as Ice 5. In the Province of Loc Carcas is another Spring of Water so very hot that one can't hold his Finger in it for the short space of one Ave-Maria And somewhere else in this County is a Fountain out of which there issueth a considerable Current of a Colour almost as red as Blood 6. Near to Cusco is a Spring whose Waters turn into pure white Salt wherewith the whole Country adjacent is supply'd 7 Among the Quick-Silver Mines in Guaniavilica is a Fountain of hot Water whose Current having run a considerable way turns at last into a soft kind of Rock which being easily cut and yet very lasting is usually imploi'd for building of Houses thereabouts 8 Nigh C. S. Helene and all along the Coast are many Fountains of Coppey a Substance resembling Pitch and frequently us'd as such or Gultran Rozen which flow in such abundance that Ships at Sea out of sight of Land can give a shrewd guess where they are by the very smell of such Fountains providing there be a gentle Breeze from the Shore 9. In divers Parts of Peru are still Extant the Ruins of many stately Indian Temples particularly that call'd the Pachamana about four Leagues from â—â—ma And another in the City of Dusco which might have been formerly accounted the American Pantheon for the Idols of all Nations conquer'd by the Inguas were always brought thither and there set up 10 Among the Curiosities of this Country we may also reckon the Cucujus Peruvianus or Lanthorn-Fly An Insect of a
W. is about 1600 Miles 346 30 between 01 00 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 1380 Miles 23 00 Brasil of no certain Division it s Chief Towns are those of S. Vincent Found upon the Sea Coast from S. to N. Sanctos Angra dos Reyes S. Sebastian Spiritu sanctio Porto seguro S. Salvadore Pernambuco Parayba THIS Country discover'd by the Portugueze Anno 1501. is term'd Brasil by the Italians Spaniards French Germans and English but why so call'd is not certain Those who derive the Name from the abundance of that Wood term'd by the Europeans Brasile-Wood which grows in this Country do give methinks no satisfactory Account of the matter The Air of this Country is generally very wholsome and notwithstanding Brasil is almost intirely within the Torrid Zone yet in those Parts already discover'd 't is exceeding Temperate being daily qualifi'd by Sea-Breezes about Noon Opposite on the Globe to Brasil are the Philippin Islands with part of the Eastern Ocean adjacent to them The Soil of this Country it lying in the 1st 2d 3d 4th South Climate is reported to be extraordinary fertil especially in those Places already discovered The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 12 Hours ¼ the shortest in the Southmost 10 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Red-wood otherways Brasil-wood much us'd for Dying in great quantities abundance of Sugar as also Amber Rozin Balm Tobacco Train-Oyl Confectures c. As the principal Rarities of Brasil we make fitly reckon the considerable number of very strange Creatures found in that Country The chief of which I shall here mention and those reducible to Four General Classes viz. Beasts Serpents Birds and Fishes I. Of Beasts The most remarkable of them are these following 1. Monkeys particularly that sort call'd by Europeans the Kings-Monkey the biggest of the whole Species and observable for having a thin hollow Throttle-Bone near the upper end of the Larynx by the help of which he makes a great noise Here also are many Monkeys of a yellowish Colour that smell like ordinary Musk. 2. The Sloath term'd by the Natives Haii from his Voice of a like sound but by most Europeans Ignavus or Pigritia and corruptedly Percza by the Spaniards so call'd from the Nature of that Animal being of so flow a Motion that he requires three or four Days to climb up a Tree of an ordinary height and twenty four Hours to walk fifty Paces on plain Ground His Fore-feet are almost double his hinder in length and when he climbs a Tree his hold he takes is so sure that while he hangs by a Branch he can Sleep securely 3. The Tamanduâ—-guacu which is a great Bear so term'd by the Natives but commonly by Europeans the Ant-Bear because he usually feeds upon Ants at least destroys those Creatures where-ever he finds them His Tail is so big that Squirrel like he can cover his whole Body therewith 4. The great Shell'd-Hedghog call'd by the Natives Tatu and Armadillo by the Spaniards because he gathers himself up Head Feet and Tail within his Shell as round as a Ball and that as a sure Defence when either he goes to Sleep or is actually assaulted by any destructive Creature with whom he dares not grapple II. Of Serpents The most remarkable of them are 1. That call'd by the Natives Ibibaboca which is about three Yards and an half long and of a considerable bigness his Colours are originally White Red and Black of all kinds and his Bite is most pernicious of any yet worketh the slowest 2 The Boiguaâ—u which is the biggest of the whole Species being half a Yard in compass about the Middle and almost seven Yards long 3 The Boâ—cininga otherways the Rattle Snake so call'd by Europeans from a Rattle in the end of his Tail compos'd of a number of dâ—y Bones from eight to sixteen which are hollow thin hard and very sonorous Those Persons whose misfortune it is to be bitten by him are tormented with exquisite Pain their whole Body cleaving into Chops and frequently die within twenty four Hours in a most sad Condition But as a remarkable Act of the Divine Providence this noxious Animal gives timely warning to Travellers to avoid him by making a great noise with his Rattle how soon he hears any Person approaching towards him III. Of Brasile Birds the most remarkable are 1. The Humming-Bird which is so call'd from the humming noise he makes with his Wings like a Bee when he seeds by thrusting his small Bill into Flowers The Brasilians term him Guanumbi and some Writers Ourissia i. e. the Sun-Beam because of his radiant colour'd Feathers with which the Indians adorn their Images but the Spaniards call him Tomineius because so small that one of them with its Nest weighs only two Tomino's a Weight in Spain consisting of twelve Grains 2. The Anhima so call'd by the Natives but by Europeans the Unicorn-Bird because he hath a kind of Horn growing out of his Forehead about two or three Inches long of a brittle substance and blunt at the top and is therefore neither defensive nor offensive to him 3. That call'd Guara by the Brasilians and by Europeans the Sea-Curlew the same with Numenius Indicus and Arcuata Coccinea among Latin Authors and remarkable for its alteration of Colours Being at first Black then Ash-colour'd next White afterwards Scarlet and last of all Crimson which grows the richer dye the longer he lives IV. Of Fishes taken upon the Coast of Brasile the most remarkable are 1. Orbis Minor or the Globe-fish so call'd from his Orbicular form and remarkable for being arm'd with many long round hard and sharp Spikes and Needles all over his Body almost like those of a Hedg-hog When he swims 't is believ'd that he draws those Needles in depressing them to his Body to facilitate his way through the water and that he advances them at any time he happens to be pursu'd bidding as 't were the Enemy to come at his peril 2. Upon this Coast is frequently seen the Echeneis or Remora a Fish very famous among the Ancients for it stupendous power in stopping a Ship as they imagin'd though under fail and before a brisk gale of Wind. Which strange account was generally believ'd for many Ages and not a few have labour'd to assign the cause but is now lookt upon as a ridiculous Story and deservedly exploded by every ordinary Traveller These are the most remarkable Creatures whether Beasts Serpents Birds or Fishes belonging to Brasile and all or most of them are to be seen in the publick Repository of Gresham College London Here is one Portuguize Archbishoprick viz. that of S. Salvadore to whose Incumbent are subject several Suffragans but their Number and Names are uncertain Universities none The Brasilians are reported to be generally a cruel thievish and revengeful sort of People yet some on the Sea-coast
and 157 Degrees of Longitude with 12 and 37 Degrees of North Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 2d 3d 4th and 5th South Climate is esteem'd to be very fertil in most places producing abundance of Corn Wine Fruits and Herbs and here also are several considerable Mines The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 13 Hours the shortest in the Southmost is 10 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country at least the Product thereof are reckon'd to be some Gold Silver Brass Iron Sugars Amethists c. Upon Rio de la Plata are frequently seen and sometimes kill'd divers kinds of Serpents of a prodigious bigness 2. Towards the Northern Parts of Paraguay is a certain Champaign Country about six Leagues square which is all over-spread with an excellent sort of Salt and that to a considerable height 3. In the Western Parts of Tucoman is a prodigious high and large Mountain which for its wonderful Glistering in a clear Sun-shine-day is call'd the Chrystal Mountain Under it is extended a hideous Cave-passage through which doth glide a considerable Current of Water with so many windings and turnings that from the time of its entry under the Mountain to its issuing forth on the other side is almost the space of twenty four or thirty Hours according to the Computation of the Portugueses who were so adventurous as to make the Experiment and that by hazarding their Persons upon a Roft made of Canes Vid. Purchas his Pilgrims Part 4. Lib. 6. Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick viz. that of Rio de la Plata To the Archbishoprick of Rio de la Plata are several Suffragans viz those of St. Jago de Lestero Assumption Panama Paraguay As for Universities here are none The Paraguayans though Persons of very big and tall Bodies are nevertheless reported to be very nimble and much given to Running They are said to be somewhat Laborious and less Savage than many others of the adjacent Nations yet a little enclin'd to a revengeful Humour against those who chance to wrong them All we can learn of the Language mostly in use among the Natives is in general that 't is a very harsh and unpleasant Jargon as the Plurality of the Indian Tongues are The Spaniards here residing do commonly use their own Language The Natives of this Country according to our latest Accounts are in a great part subject to their own Captains or Caciques whom they chuse among themselves and under whose Conduct they go out to War A considerable Part of this Country doth belong to the King of Spain who ordinarily keepeth one Governor at St. Jago in Tucoman and another at Assumption in Rio de la Plata both of 'em being answerable to the Vice-Roy of Peru. The Natives of this Country are generally gross Idolaters yet 't is reported of 'em that they 're more capable of learning our Arts and Religion than most of the other Americans And some speak of a Tradition spread among 'em importing that certain Priests shall come into their Country and instruct them of a new Religion whereby they shall be most happy in another World The Spaniards here residing are as in Spain rigid Papists SECT XII Concerning Terra Magellanica THIS Southmost Part of the Continent of South America call'd also Regio Patagonum derives its Title from Ferdinand Magellan a Portuguize who made the first Discovery thereof Anno 1519. as also of that famous Streight which still bears his Name he being the first for ought we know that ever pass'd through the same Many things equally frivolous as ridiculous are related of this Country and its Inhabitants with which I shall neither trouble my self nor the Reader but proceed to SECT XIII Concerning Terra Antarctica BY Terra Antarctica we understand all those unknown and slenderly discover'd Countries towards the Southern Parts of the Globe the chief of which do bear the Names of New Guinea New Zealand New Holland and which may comprehend these and all the rest Terra Australis incognita Which Southern Countries though they belong not to the Continent of America yet we chuse to mention 'em in this place since the Southmost Part of the Continent of South America doth extend it self farther towards the South than any Part or Headland of the old Continent What was said of the Northmost Countries Sect. 5. under the Title of Terra Arctica viz. that our knowledge of them did reach little farther than their bare Names so the same may be affirm'd of those that bear the Title of Terra Antarctica Leaving them therefore to the better Discovery of Future Ages we pass on to SECT XIV Concerning the American Islands Reduc'd page 45. to three Classes North viz. those of California Newfound-Land Middle viz. the Antilles Greater Cuba Jamaica Hispamola Port-rico Lesser Caribees Lucayes Sotovento Bermudas South viz. the Island of Terra del Fuogo Of which Islands distinctly and in their order Therefore §. 1. California THIS Island was formerly esteem'd a Peninsula but now found to be intirely surrounded with Water It s North part was discovered by Sir Francis Drake Anno 1577. and by him call'd New Albion where erecting a Pillar he â—â—stâ—ed thereon the Arms of England The Inland parts thereof were afterwards search'd into and being found to be only a dry barren cold Country Europeans were discourag'd from sending Colonies to the same so that it still remains in the hands of the Natives And there being nothing remarkable relating either to them or it we shall proceed to § 2. New-found Land THIS Island discovered first by the two Cabots at the charge of Henry the 7th of England Anno 1497. but more particularly by Thorn and Eliot of Bristol Anno 1527. and the English Title thereto being renew'd in the name of Queen Elizabeth Anno 1583. a Colony was settl'd therein about 30 years afterwards is term'd by the Italians Terra Novella by the Spaniards Tierra Nueva by the French Terre Neuve by the Germans Newfunden Land and by the English Newfound Land the derivation of which Name is sufficiently express'd in the Name it self Notwithstanding this Island is situated between the Parallels that pass through the Southern part of England and Northern of France yet the Air thereof doth extreamly differ from that in either of these Countries it being subject to a greater excess of heat in the Summer and more pinching cold in the Winter than commonly happens in them The opposite place of the Globe to New found-land is that part of Terra Australis incognita between 140 and 150 degrees of Longitude with 45 and 53 degrees of South Latitude This Island for the most part is overspread with Woods which are but slowly cut down because the Country is very thinly inhabited Where the Ground is already clear'd the Soil is not altogether despicable affording variety of Roots and several
Geography Anatomiz'd Or The Compleat Geographical Grammar Being a Short and Exact ANALYSIS Of the whole Body of Modern Geography after a New and Curious Method COMPREHENDING I. A General View of the Terraqueous Globe Being a Compendious System of the true Fundamentals of Geography Digested into various Definitions Problems Theorems and Paradoxes With a Transient Survey of the whole Surface of the Earthly Ball as it consists of Land and Water II. A Particular View of the Terraqueous Globe Being a clear and pleasant Prospect of all remarkable Countries upon the Face of the whole Earth Shewing their Situation Extent Division Subdivision Cities Chief Towns Name Air Soil Commodities Rarities Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities Manners Language Government Arms Religion Collected from the best Authors and Illustrated with divers Maps The Second Edition much Improv'd and Enlarg'd By PAT GORDON M. A. And Fellow of the Royal Society Omne tulit punctum qui miscuit utile dulci. Hor. LONDON Printed for Robert Morden and Thomas Cockerill at the Atlas in Cornhill and in Amen-Corner 1699. THE Geographical Grammar IMPRIMATUR Liber cui Titulus Geography Anatomiz'd c. John Hoskyns V. P. R. S. TO The Right Honourable THOMAS Lord Viscount Deerhurst Eldest Son and Heir Apparent of The Right Honourable THOMAS Earl of COVENTRY THIS New Edition of the following Tract of MODERN GEOGRAPHY is with the profoundest Respect Dedicated by Your Lordship's Most Humbly Devoted Servant PAT GORDON THE PREFACE MY principal Design in publishing the following Treatise is to present the younger Sort of our Nobility and Gentry with a Compendious Pleasant and Methodical Tract of MODERN GEOGRAPHY that most useful Science which highly deserves their Regard in a peculiar manner If it be alledg'd That the World is already overstockt with Composures of this Nature I freely grant the Charge but withal I 'll be bold to say That there 's none as yet publisht which is not palpably faulty in one or more of these three respects Either they are too Voluminous and thereby fright the Young Student from so much as ever attempting that Study Or Secondly too Compendious and thereby give him only a bare Superficial Knowledge of Things Or finally Confus'd being writ without any due Order or Method and so confound him before he is aware But all these are carefully avoided in the following Treatise for in framing of it I 've industriously endeavour'd to make it observe a just Mean between the two Extreams of a large Volume and a narrow Compend And as to the Method in which it now appears the same is I presume so Plain and Natural that I may safely refer the tryal thereof to the Impartial Judgment of the Severest Critick To descend to Particulars The whole consists now of Two Parts whereof the first gives a General and the second a Particular View of the Terraqueous Globe Part I. In giving a General View of the said Globe I 've perform'd these five Things viz. 1. I 've illustrated by way either of a Definition Description or Derivation all those Terms that are any ways necessary for the right understanding of the aforesaid Globle as also the Analytical Tables of the following Treatise 2. I 've set down all those pleasant Problems performable by the Terrestrial Globe together with the manner of their performance 3. I 've subjoin'd divers plain Geographical Theorems or self-evident Truths clearly deducible from the foregoing Problems 4. I 've advanc'd some Paradoxical Positions in Matters of Geography which mainly depend on a thorough Knowledge of the Globe and are equally certain with the aforesaid Theorems though many of them may possibly appear to some as the greatest of Fables Lastly I 've taken a Transient Survey of the whole Surface of the Terraqueous Globe as it consists of Land and Water as its sole constituent Parts This is the Substance of the first Part and before I proceed to the Second I must here desire the Reader may be pleas'd to observe these two Things viz. 1. That in defining the various Geographical Terms mention'd Sect. I. I have not strictly ty'd my self to the Logical Rules of a Definition for if the Term propos'd be only explain'd that is all required here 2. In advancing those Geographical Paradoxes mention'd Sect. iv which will probably so startle the Reader at first being a meer Novelty in Tracts of this kind as that he can't readily comprehend either their Meaning or Design let him therefore be pleas'd to know that the main Drift of such an uncommon Essay is in short To whet the Appetite of our Geographical Student for a compleat Understanding of the Globe upon a thorough Knowledge of which these seeming Mysteries do mainly depend or more briefly 't is to set our young Student a thinking Although the Soul of Man is a cogitating Being and its Thoughts so nimble as to surround the Universe it self in a trice yet so unthoughtful and strangely immur'd in Sense is the generality of Persons that they need some startling Noise like a sudden Clap of Thunder to rouse and awake them Now as a strange and unheard-off Phenomenon suddenly appearing in the Natural World doth attract the Eyes of all Men and raiseth a Curiosity in some to enquire into the Reason of it even so is the Proposal of a Paradoxical Truth to the Intellectual for it immediately summons all the Powers of the Soul together and sets the Understanding a-work to search into and Scan the Matter To awaken the Mind of Man to its Natural Act of Thought and Consideration may be justly reckon'd no trivial Business if we consider that 't is to the want thereof or a stupid Inconsideration that we may chiefly impute all the Enormities of Mankind whether in Judgment or Practice If therefore those Paradoxes above-mention'd shall obtain the End propos'd the rousing of the Mind to think it matters the less if some of them upon strict enquiry should be found to consist of Equivocal Terms or perhaps prove little more than a Quibble at the Bottom Proceed we now to Part II. Giving a Particular View of the Terraqueous Globe By such a View I understand a clear and exact Prospect of all remarkable Countries and their Inhabitants on the Face of the whole Earth and that in these following Particulars viz. Their Situation Extent Division Subdivision Chief Towns Name Air Soil Commodities Rarities Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities Manners Language Government Arms Religion What is said upon each of those Heads will best appear by the following Table Concerning Situation are briefly declar'd The Degr. of Long. between which any Country lies Latit Extent Its due Dimentions from E. to W. in English Miles S. to N. Division 2 Things viz. The general Parts or Classes to which any Country is reducible How those Parts or Classes are most readily found Subdivision 2 Things viz. The particular Provinces which any Country contains How those Provinces are most readily found Chief Towns 2 Things viz. The Modern Names
readily found by travelling from the Mouth of the Rivers towards their Heads Therefore Remarkable Branches of the Dwina are Wayma Running S. W. Juga W. Volga are Sosowoia S. Occareca N. E. Seine are L'Oyse S. W. Marn Yonne N. W. Loir are Mayenne S. Le Sarte S. W. Le Loir Vienne N. W. Indre le Chere Allier Rhone are Durance S. W. Isere Saene S. Garrone are Dardonne W. Lot Tarne Danube are Pruth S. Misone S. E. Alouta S. Morawa N. Teyssa S. Drave E. Save Inn N. E. Iser Lech N. Iler Scheld are Ruppel running W. augmented by Senne N. Dyle Demer W. Dender N. Lis N. E. Scarpe Haisne W. Elme are Sost W. Haise Rhine are Lippe W Roer Moselle N. E. Lahn S. W. Maine W Neckar Maese are Dommel N. Niers N. W. Roer Ourt Sambre N. E. Semoy W Chiers Wiser are Aller W. augmented by Leine N. Ocker Fuld Elbe are Ilmenow N. W. Havel Saaldre N. Muldaw Oder are Warta W. Bober N. Westritz N. E. Nieper are Dizna S. W. Przypiecz or Pereptus N. E. Vistul is the Bugg N. turn W Niemen is the Vilna W. Ebro are Segre S. W. Cinca S. E. Gallega S. W. Xalo N. E. Guadalquivir Xenil W. Guardamena S. W. Guadiana are none remarkable Tago are Zatas W. Zezer S. Guadarran Xaruma Douro are Tonroes N. W. Tormes Arlanza S. W. Po are Oglio S E. Adda Tesine Tanero running E. turning N. augmented by Bormida  Stura N E. Sesia S. E. Dora Baltea Adige is Bachiglione S. Arno are Elsa N. W. Sieve E. turning S. Tiber are Quartitio W. Nera S. W. Chiane S. E. Volturno its chief Branch is Sabate W. These are all the Remarkable Branches of the Chief Rivers on the Continent of Europe And thus we are come to a Period not only of this Section but also of the First Part of this Treatise having now perform'd those five Things at first propos'd which was to entertain the Reader with some Geographical Definitions Problems Theorems and Paradoxes as also a Transient Survey of the whole Surface of the Terraqueous Globe as it consists of Land and Water And so much for a General View thereof Now followeth Modern Geography PART II. Comprehending a PARTICULAR VIEW OF THE Terraqueous GLOBE BY a Particular View of the Terraqueous Globe we understand a clear and exact Prospect of all remarkable Countries on the Face of the whole Earth according as they are represented by particular Geographical Maps as also a true and compendious Narrative of the chief Observables relating either to them or their Inhabitants All which may be briefly reduc'd to these following Heads viz. their Situation Extent Division Subdivision Chief Towns Name Air Soil Commodities Rarities Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities Manners Language Government Arms Religion In taking such a Prospect of all remarkable Countries we shall begin with Europe and travel through the various Divisions thereof in the same order as they are set down page 43. Therefore CHAP. I. Of EUROPE The Continent of Europe being divided Pag. 43. into VIII great Parts Viz Scandinavia Swedeland Capital City Stockholm Denmark Copenhagen Norway Bergen Moscovia or Russia Moscow France Paris Germany Vienna Poland Cracow Spain Madrid Italy Rome Turky in Europe Constantinople To these add the European Islands The Chief of which are Great Britain Cap. C. Those of London Edinburgh Ireland That of Dublin Of all these in their proper Places SWEDEN NORWAY SECT I. Concerning Scandinavia  d. m.  Miles Situated between 26 20 of Long. It s greatest Length is about 1030. 53 10 between 54 10 of Lat. Breadth is about 840. 71 06 Divided into the Kingdoms of Swedeland Ch. T. Stockholm Denmark Copenhagen Norway Bergen Swedeland comprehends Scania Chief Town Lunden from S. to N. Gothland Calmar Swedeland prop. Stockholm Lapland Tornia Finland Abo from N. to S. Ingria Notteborg or Oresca 〈◊〉 Riga Denmark â—â—â—tland Sleswick from W. to E. 〈◊〉 Islands Copenhagen Norway comprehends five Governments Of which hereafter More Particularly §. 1. SWEDELAND Scania contains the Provinces of Halland Ch. Town Helmstat W. to E. Bleking Christianstat Schonen Lunden Southward Gothland contains the Provinces of Vermelandia Chief Town Carolstadt N. to S. in the West part Dallia Daleburge Westrogoth Gottenburge Ostrogothia Norkoping N. to S. in th E. part Swedeland Smalandia Calmar Swedeland properly so call'd contains the Provinces of Sudermania Nikoping from S. to N. Nericia Orebro Westmania Arosen Uplandia those of Opsal and Stockolm Gestricia Geval Dalcarlia Hedemore Helsingia Hadswickwalt Medelpandia Selanger Jemptia Ressundt Angermannia Hernosand Lapland contains the Provinces of Uma Lapmark Uma from S. to N. Pitha-Lapmark Pitha Lula-Lapmark Lula Tornia-Lapmark Tornia Kimi-Lapmark Kimi Finland contains the Provinces of Cajania Cajaneburgh upon the Ula N. Finland Biorneberge W. to E. Tavastia Tavastus Savolaxia Nyslot Kexholmia Kexholm Carelia Wiborg E. to W. Nylandia Borgo S. Finland Abo Ingria contains the Provinces of Ingria propria Orcsca or Notteborg N. to S. W. Ingermania Caporio Solouski Juanagorod Livonia contains the Provinces of Lettenland Riga S. to N. Estland Narva §. 2. DENMARK Being divided into The Peninsula of Juitland The Danish Islands The Peninsula of Juitland comprehends North Juitland Ch. Town Wiborg South Juitland Sleswick D. of Holstein of which in Lower Saxony Juitland divided into North comprehends the Diocesses of Aalborg Chief Town Idem from N. to S. Wiborg Idem Arhusen Aarhus Ripen Idem South comprehends the Praefectures of Hedersleve Idem from N. to S. upon the Baltick Sea Appenrade Idem Flemborge Idem Gottorpe Sleswick Tonderen Idem N. to S. upon the Germany Sea Husum Idem Eyderstede Tonningen The chief of the Danish Islands are Zeland Funen c. Of which hereafter when we come to treat of Islands §. 3. NORWAY Divided into the Governments of Bahus Chief Town Idem S. to N. E. Aggerus Agger Bergenus Bergen Dronthemus Dronthem Wardus Idem This vast Continent of Scandinavia comprehending as aforesaid three distinct Kingdoms viz. those of Swedeland Denmark and Norway Of each of these seperately and in their Order Therefore §. I. SWEDELAND THIS Country formerly Succia a Part of Ancient Scandinavia is term'd by the Italians Suezia by the Spaniards Suedia by the French Suede by the Germans Schweden and by the English Sueden or Swethland so call'd from its Ancient Inhabitants the Sueones Suevi or Suethidi with the Addition of Land for Termination The Air of this Country is generally very Cold but if not too nigh some Lake or Marish very pure and wholesome yea so healthful to breath in that many of its Inhabitants do frequently live to an hundred years especially they who abstain from excessive drinking a thing too much practis'd by many of them The Antipodes to this People or the opposite Place of the Globe to Swedeland is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean comprehended between the 220th and 230th Degree of Longitude with 50 and 70 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this
Country it lying in the 9th 10th 11th and 12th Northern Climates is not very fruitful but yet where less fertile in Corn that disadvantage is recompens'd with tollerable Pasturage It s numerous Lakes are very well stor'd with various kinds of Fishes Its Mountains are generally covered over with Trees and several of them lin'd with considerable Mines of Silver Tin Brass and Iron The longest Day in the Northmost part of this Country is about two Months the Sun being so long without setting when near the Summer Solstice The shortest in the Southmost is about 6 Hours 1 â— and the Nights proportionably The Chief Commodities of this Country are Metals Ox-hides Goat-skins Buck-skins and costly Furs Pine trees Fir-trees Oales Tallow Tar Honey and such like The Chief Rarities of this Country may be reckon'd two Publick Clocks of admirable Workmanship one belonging to the Cathedral Church of Upsal the other to that of St. Laurence in Lunden especially the latter which suppos'd to be the Work of Casper Bartholinus shews not only the Day Hour and Minute but also all the remarkable Motions of the Coelestial Bodies with all Festivals both fixt and moveable and several other pleasant Curiosities To these add that famous Slimy Lake in the Southern Part of Gothland which burns such things as are put into it As also a certain Stone found in several Parts of Sueden which being of a Yellow Colour intermixt with several Streaks of white as if compos'd of Gold and Silver affords both Sulphur Vitriol Alium and Minium Some write of a Lake in Lapland which hath as many Islands in it as there are Days in the Year Archbishopricks belonging to Sueden are Two viz. those of Upsal Riga Bishopricks in this Kingdom are Eight viz. those of Wâ—steras Strergnes Wexioc Lunden Lindkaeping Scaren Abo. Wiburg Universities established here are Two viz. those of Upsal Abo. The Swedes for the most part are Men of big and strong Bodies Men whose very Constitution doth fit them to be Soldiers but generally they weaken Nature by extravagant excess in Drinking Their Gentry are much given to Hospitality very Affable and Civil to Strangers and many of them become considerable Proficients in several Arts and Sciences The Commons are generally esteem'd good Mechanicks but lookt upon by all as too much addicted to Laziness in point of improving their Country by not cutting down many unnecessary Forests and improving that Ground to better advantage The Swedes speak a Dialect of the Teutonic which is somewhat different from that us'd in Denmark and Upper Germany Persons of Quality understand and speak the High-German Language in its Native purity The Finlanders have a peculiar Gibberish of their own For a Specimen of the Swedish Tongue we shall here subjoin the Lord's Prayer in that Language intending to observe the same Method in treating of all other Languages in Europe Their Pater-Noster runs thus Fadher war som est i himlem helghat warde tiett namyn till komme titt ricke skee tin wilie sa comi himmelen sa ock pa jordenne wart dagliha brod giffosz i dagh och forlat osz wara skuld sa som ock wforlate them osz skyldighe aro Och in leedh osz ickei frestelse uthan frels oszi fra ondo Amen The Kingdom of Swedeland having suffered various turns of Fortune being frequently disturb'd by the Adjacent Nations at last got rid of them all and becoming terrible to others spread it self over a considerable Part of its Neighbours Territories At present 't is subject unto and govern'd by its own Monarch who since the last Age is not only Hereditary but by the late turn of Affairs in his Country hath also attained unto and now exerciseth such a Power over the Subject that the same is really astonishing to any considering Person who looks back unto the State of that Kingdom only a few Years ago He is stil'd King of the Swedes Goths and Vandals Grand Prince of Finland Duke of Estonia and Carelia and Lord of Ingria c. The different Orders in this Realm are Six viz. Princes of the Blood the Nobility Clergy Soldiery Merchantry and Commonalty These by their Representatives being assembled in Parliament make four different Houses viz. that of the Nobility where the Grand Marshal presides 2. That of the Clergy where the Archbishop of Upsal presides 3. That of the Burgesses where one of the Consuls of Stockholm presides And lastly That of the Knights of the Shirâ— where one of their own Number elected by themselves presides Chief Courts establisht in this Kingdom are these Five viz. 1 That commonly call'd the King's Chamber design'd for the Decision of all Cases happening between the Nobility Senators or any of the Publick Officers and here the King is at least ought to sit as President 2 The Court Martial in which all Matters relating to War are determin'd and here the Grand Marshal of the Army is President 3. The Court of Chancery in which Edicts Mandates Commissions and such like are made out in the King's Name and here the Chancellour of the Kingdom is President 4 The Court of Admiralty in which all business relating to Maritime Affairs are transacted and here the High Admiral is President Lastly The Court of Exchequer in which all Matters concerning the Publick Revenue are manag'd and here the Grand Treasurer is President The King of Sweden bears quarterly In the First and fourth Azure three Crowns Or two in Chief and one in Base for Swedeland In the second and third Barry Argent and Azure a Lyon Or Crown'd Gules for Finland Over all quatterly in the first and fourth Sable a Lyon Or crown'd arm'd and langued Gules for the Palatinate of the Rhine In the second and third Lozenges Bendwise of twenty one pieces Argent and Azure for Bavaria For the Crest a Crown Royal adorn'd with eight Flowers and clos'd by as many Demi-Circles terminating in a Mond Or. The Supporters are two Lyons Or Crown'd of the same And his Motto is in these words Dominus Protector Meus Lutheranism is the establisht Religion of this Country being universally profess'd by all Orders and Degrees of Men except in Livonia where is a considerable Number of Papists intermixt and Lapland many of whose Inhabitants are mear Heathens usually worshipping the Sun Fire Serpents and the like and that ever since the Days of the Reformation which was happily effected in this Kingdom by Gustavus the First upon his Accession to the Swedish Crown since which time their Religion hath not been disturb'd from abroad but once and since that Disturbance never distracted at home by Non-Conformity for Persons of all Ranks adhering to the Tenets of Luther give constant attendance on Divine Service and joyn in the same manner of Worship Christianity was first planted in this Kingdom by the care and diligence of Ansgarius Archbishop of Breme the Apostle General of the North. §. 2. DENMARK THis
the Country The Air of this Country is very Cold particularly towards the North where Snow and Ice are usual for three Quarters of the Year but in the Southmost Provinces they have very scorching Heats in the Summer for the Space of six Weeks The opposite Place of the Globe to Moscovia is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 220 and 290 Degrees of Longitude with 45 and 71 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 8 9 10 11 12 c. Northern Climate is very different according to the different Situation of its Parts Here are many Plains but generally full of Marishes Towards the North are vast Forests and even where the Ground is clear'd of Wood 't is for the most part very Barren and so extremely Cold that what they sow doth seldom come to due Perfection In the Southwest parts towards Poland the Soil is tolerably good the Ground there producing several sorts of Grain in great abundance and 't is reported by many that their Corn is ready for reaping about two Months after it is sown The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is above two Months the Sun not setting for that time when near the Summer Solstice the shortest in the Southmost is about 9 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The Chief Commodities of this Country are Furs Sables Martins Wax Honey Tallow Train-Oyl Caviere Hemp Flax Slad Iron c. As one of the Chief Rarities of this Country we may reckon that strange sort of Melon found in or near to Astracan Casan and Samara Some of the Natives term it Boranetz i. e. The Little Lamb others Zoophyton which signifies the Animal Plant. The first Title would seem most proper because in Figure it resembles a Lamb and such is its vegetable Heat that according to the vulgar manner of expression it Consumes and Eats up all the Grass or other Herbs within its reach As the Fruit doth ripen the Stalk decays and is covered with a downy Substance which being carefully taken off and dress'd is us'd by some instead of Furs for Lining of Vests To this we may add that Church in Moscow call'd Hierusalem which seem'd to John Basilides 1. then Czar such a stately Pile of Building that he caus'd put out the Eyes of the Architect that he might never contrive at least behold its fellow Ecclesiasticks in Moscovia are One Patriach Four Metropolitans Seven Archbishops and several Bishops The Patriarch is he of Moscow residing in the same City Metropolitans are those of Novogorodskoi and Welikoluskoi Rostoufskoi and Harostauskoi Casanskoi and Sunatskoi Sarskoi and Pondoskoi Archbishopricks are those of Wolodgskoi and Weliko Premskoi Resanskoi and Moromskoi Susdalskoi and Turruskoi Twerskoi and Cassinskoi Sibirskoi and Tobolskoi Astrachansckoi and Terskoi Pleskouskoi and Sborskoi As to the exact Number and Names of Bishopricks in this Country the same is but uncertain at best Here we can hardly expect the Seats of the Muses where the Liberal Arts and Sciences have been so long banisht and the Studying of them inhibited by Publick Authority The Moscovites Men of a vigorous and healthful Constitution are generally reckon'd a rude deceitful and ignorant sort of People much addicted to excessive Drinking as also unlawful and beastly Pleasures And so fond of Ignorance have they hitherto been that 't was lookt upon as almost a piacular Crime for any of them to apply himself to a search after Knowledge But things are now mightily alter'd in this Point and that by the Encouragement of his present Czarish Majesty who gives leave to his Nobility to acquire the Liberal Arts and Sciences particularly the Mathematicks and to acquaint themselves with Foreign Countries and Languages And that the Learned Languages Greek and Latin may be no longer strangers in this Country he hath already erected Publick Schools in Moscow for the teaching of them By which means it is to be hop'd That the Brutish Temper and Stupidity of this People may be much reform'd in some time And whereas the present Emperor hath already visited some of the best Nations of Europe purposely to improve himself in Warlike Affairs both by Sea and Land especially the former and since this Undertaking is so uncommon that the Mascovitish Story can't afford a Parallel 't is also to be hop'd that the Effects thereof will be equally astonishing and that in humbling if not crushing both Turks and Tertars his disturbing Neighbours and professed Enemies to the Cross of Christ The Language us'd in this Country is a Dialect of the Sclavonian but so corrupted and blended with other Languages that 't is hardly understood by those who speak the pure Sclavonian which nevertheless is still us'd by the Russians in their Divine Service Pater Noster which I find only in a corrupt Dialect of their Tongue runs thus Aisameidhen joke oleah tainahissa Pyhetta olkon siun wakakuta si olkohon siun tharosi kwinâ— tainahissa ayn man palla Meidhen jokopai wen leipa anna mâ—hâ—llen tanapaiwâ—na ja anna meidem syndia Kwin moe annama meidin vostachan rickoillen ja âle sata meita kin sauxen mutta paasta 〈◊〉 paasta This great Body is under its own Prince who assumeth the Title of Cear which in the Russian Language signifies Emperor yet more commonly he 's term'd the Great Duke He 's an Hereditary Monarch and his Government truly Desuotical The Lives and Fortunes of his Subjects are wholly at his disposal and the greatest Knez or Lord within his Dominions doth acknowledge himself his Galop or Slave Yea be not only exerciseth an uncontroulable Power over his slavish Subjects but also pretends to a kind of Omniscience among them and hath so succeeded in this bold Pretence that the main Body of the People doth really believe that their Great Duke knoweth all things To support which Opinion The Moscovitish Emperors have industriously endeavour'd to keep their People in gross Ignorance and for that end have hitherto banish'd out of their Domions the Liberal Arts and Sciences and forbid the studying of them under the severest Penalties But the present Czar by his proceedings already hinted at would seem to rectify that gross Abuse He suffers none of his Nobles to retire from Court without his Special Permission and seldom or never to visit Foreign Countries till these our own Days no nor so much as to talk with Foreigners at home The Publick Affairs are chiefly manag'd by his Great Council call'd Dumnoy Boyaren consisting of the Principal Noblemen of the Empire Here also are divers other Councils or rather Chambers and Courts of Judicatory to which belong their respective Business and each of these hath its peculiar President they 're in number Six whereof the first is appointed for Ambassadors and Foreign Negotiations The second for managing of Military Affairs The third for the Publick Revenues of the Empire The fourth for encouraging of
Apt Forcalquier Sisteron Middle part whose chief Towns are Arles W. to E. on the S. of the Durance Salon Aix Riez Senez Glandeves Lower whose chief Towns are Marseilles W. to E. nigh unto or upon the Sea-Coast Toulon Hyeres Frejuls Grace Vence Antiâ—e After these Twelve Governments we may here subjoin two other Countries adjacent to the East part of France Namely Loraine French County LORAINE Divided into Loraine properly so called Ch. Town Nancy Dutchy of Barr Westward Bar le Duc. More particularly Loraine properly so called Chief Town Nancy towards the middle D. of Bar Bar le Duc Westward Principality of Phaltzbourge Idem Eastward The Territor of Toule Idem S. to N. Metz Idem Verdun Idem Also those of Clermont Idem 15 Miles W. of Verdun Bitch Idem N. to S. upon the E. part of Loraine Sarward Idem Sarbruck Idem Salme Idem Vaudemont Idem 18 Miles S. E. of Toul FRENCH COUNTY Divided into Higher Northward Chief Town Montbeliart Middle part Besanson Lower Southward Salins More particularly Higher its chief Towns are Montbeliart E. to W. Vesoul Middle its chief Towns are Besancon or Besanson E. to W. upon the Doux Dole Lower its chief Towns are Salins N. to S. S. Claude THis Country formerly Gallia from its Ancient Inhabitants the Gauls otherwise the Celta is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Francia by its Natives la France by the Germans Franckreich and by the English France so call'd as most Authors agree from the Franks a German Nation inhabiting that Part of Germany still call'd Franconia who invading Gaul and by degrees subduing a great Part of it gave it a New Name from its New Masters who in the Opinion of some Judicious Writers had theirs from certain Franchises granted them by the Roman Emperors beyond what the Neighbouring Nations enjoy'd or according to others from the German words Fraâ—n and Ausen the former signifying Free and the other an Heroe The Air of this Country is very Temperate Pleasant and Healthful being in a good Medium between the great Excess of Heat and Cold which ordinarily attend those Countries of a more Northern and Southern Situation yea so healthful is it that this Kingdom is generally observ'd to be less subject to Plagues and Sickness than most other Nations of Europe and the Air about Mompelier in particular is universally esteem'd Medicinal for Consumptions The opposite Place of the Globe to France is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 190 and 207 Degrees of Longitude with 42 and 51 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 6 7 and 8. North Climate is extraordinary fruitful particularly in Corn Wine Fruits Hemp c. The Fields being here both large and open are generally intermingl'd with Vines and Corn as also bordered and interlin'd with variety of Fruits Here are many and vasts Forests and these well-stor'd with most sorts of wild Beasts fit for Hunting several Mountains and these cover'd over with numerous Flocks and some of them lin'd with rich and valuable Mines Here also are divers excellent Pits of Coals and Quarries of Stones The longest Day in the Northmost Part of this Country is about 16 Hours ¼ The shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The Chief Commodities of this Country are Salt Fish Corn Wine Almonds Coral Canvas Oade Linnen Paper Wood Skins Alamodes Lusting and rich flower'd Silks Verdigris Cremor Tartaris c. Among the chief Rarities of France we may reckon some remarkable Remains of the Roman Antiquities as yet to be seen in that Country And they are reducible to these following Heads viz. 1. Triumphal Arches particularly that in the City of Rheims as yet entire compos'd of Three Arches and adorn'd with many Figures and Trophies but uncertain for whom erected There are also the Ruins of several others near Autun in Burgundy one at Saintes in Guienne another almost entire at the City of Orange erected by Caius Marius and Luctatius Catulus upon their Victory obtain'd over the Cimbres and Teutones where are likewise the Ruins of a Roman Circus To these we may add that stately Bridge twelve Miles off Nismes consisting of three Stories of Arches one above another the last of which was an Aqueduct 2. Amphitheaters as the Ruins of a stately one at Chalons in Burgundy another at Perigueux in Guienne another at Tholouse in Langaedoc another at Arles in Provence another at Vienne in Dauphine but the chief of all is that at Nismes of an extraordinary bigness and as yet adorn'd with several Pillars and divers Roman Eagles as also the Fable of Romulus and Romus sucking the She-wolf 3. The Remains of some Heathen Temples particularly those of Templum Jani now call'd the Jenetoye at Autun in Burgundy those of the Goddess Venus at Perigueux in Guienne and that of Diana near Nismes in Languedoc 4. The Ruins of some Ancient Aqueducts as those near Coutance in Burgundy those at Dole in Britaign some at Autun in Burgundy and those at Tholouse in Languedoc 5. Remarkable Pillars particularly those Ancient Columes and Pyramids near Autun in Burgundy but more especially is that famous Roman Obelisk of Oriental Granat at Arles in Provence which is much admired by the Curious being fifty two Foot high seven Foot Diameter at the Base and yet all but one Stone Among the Monuments of Antiquity we may mention that large Passage cut through the middle of a Rock about two Leagues from Brianson in Dauphine which being a stupendious piece of Work gives occasion to various Conjectures some Persons imputing it to J. Caesar and others rather to Hannjbal To these we may add that large and round Buckler of Massy Silver fish'd out of the Rhone near Avignion 1665. being twenty Inches in Diamiter and weighing twenty one pounds 't is 1900 Years old and is charg'd with Scipio Africanus half Mantled grasping his Pike and Roman Officers attending with the Spaniards supplicating for a fair Virgin the same being consecrated to that Virtuous General upon his restoring a beautiful Captive to Allucius Prince of Celtiberia who had espous'd her These being the principal Remains of Reverend Antiquity observable in this Country next to such Curiosities we may subjoin some Rarities of Nature the most noted of which are these following 1 Waters of remarkable Qualities particularly Those nigh to Dax or D'Acque in Gascoign so reputed of old for Bathing that from them the whole Province of Aquitaine did derive its Name As also the Mineral Waters of Bourbon much resorted unto even in time of the Romans together with that famous Fountain near to Grenoble which appeareth as if covered with Flames and boileth up in great Bubbles and yet is never hot Likewise another boiling Fountain about a League from Montpellier much observ'd by Travellers and finally that Oily-spring near Gabian in the Road from Montpellier to Beziers Add to these a Spring near Loches in
prop. so call'd Chief Town Prague S. to N. Lusatia higher Northward Soraw 〈◊〉 lower Southward Pantzen Moravia Eastern Weiskirk Olmutz Western Olmutz D. of Silesia higher Southward Troppaw Breslaw lower Northward Breslaw After the 10 Circles of Germany followeth Switzerland comprehending 13 Cantons with several Confederate Cities and Proefectures 1. The thirteen Cantons are those of Zurick Switz Glaris Solothurn Bern Underwald Basil Schafhousen Lucern Zug Friburg Apenzel These Cantons are set down according to their Votes in the general Diets each of them hath a capital City of its own Name except Uri chief Town Altorf and Underwald chief Town Stant and are reduced to three Classes Viz. West comprehending Basil from N. to S. Soloturn Bern Freiburg Middle comprehending Schafhouse from N. to S. Zurich Zug Lucern Switz Underwald Uri East comprehending Apenzil from N. to S. Glaris 2. The chief Confederates of the Switzers are the Grisons ch T. Coire W. of the County of Tirol City of Geneva Lake of Geneva 3. The chief Praefectures of the Switzers are Baden on the W. N. W. of Zurick Bremgarten Mellingen Sargans N. of the Grisons To the German Empire we might here annex the Kingdom of Hungary it being now almost intirely under the Emperour But of it when we come to Turkey in Europe THIS great Body being divided as aforesaid into Ten Circles and the first of these viz. Belgium or the Netherlands being most observable upon several accounts we shall take a particular View of the same as it consists of Holland and Flanders and then treat of all the rest conjunctly under the general Title of Upper Germany Therefore §. 1. HOLLAND THis Country of old Batavia a part of Ancient Belgium is 〈◊〉 by the Italians and Spaniards Holanda by the French Hollande by the Germans and English Holland so call'd as many imagin from Hol and land two Teutonic words signifying a low or hollow sort of Land But others choose rather to dâ—â—ive the Name from Oeland an Island in the Baltick Sea whose Inhabitants being great Pyrats and frequently ranging these Seas at 〈◊〉 did seize upon and settle themselves in this part of the 〈◊〉 The Air of this Country is generally thick and moist by reason of the frequent Fogs which arise from the many Lakes and Channels with which this Country abounds And to Moistness of the Air it is that we may impute the Cause of the â—ency of Agues to which the Inhabitants are so subject The â—site Place of the Globe to Holland is that part of the vast Paciâ—â—â— Ocean between 205 and 210 Degrees of Longitude with 51 and 54 Degrees of South Latitude This Country lying very low and in the Tenth North Climate Its Soil is Naturally wet and fenny but the industrious Inhabitants do so drain it by a vast Multitude of Artificial Channels that the Ground is made very fit both for Pasture and Tillage especially the former they imploying the greatest part of their Land in Grazing vast Herds of Kine The Length of the Days and Nights is the same as in England South of the Humber Although the Commodities of this Country proceeding from its natural Growth may strictly speaking be reckon'd only Butter and Cheese yet by reason of the many useful Manufactures which this People encourage at home the very Materials of which are brought from other Nations and that wonderful Trade which they manage abroad in most Parts of the known World we may reckon it as a Publick Warehouse of the richest and best Commodities of all Nations The chief Remarkables in Holland are these following viz. 1. The vast Multitude of Artificial Sluces and Canals being a Work of prodigious Expence and great Convenience both for Traffick and Travelling 2. The Burg in Leyden being reckon'd a notable Piece of Antiquity with the many rare Curiosities to be seen in the famous University there 3. The Curious Fountains especially that call'd The Basin of Venus and the two great Cascades or Water-falls in the pleasant Gardens belonging to Loo 4. The brazen Font in St. Peter's Church in Zutphen Remarkable for its admirable Workmanship 5. The two brazen Dishes in the Village of Losdun in which were Baptiz'd Anno 1276. by Don William Suffragan Bishop of Treves 365 Children born at one Birth by the Countess of Heneberg Daughter to Florent the 4th Earl of Holland 6. The Remarkable Stone Quarry near Maestricht which looks like a vast Subterraneous Palace it reaching under a large Hill supported by some Thousands of square Pillars commonly 20 Foot high between which are spacious Walks and many private Retirements of great Use in time of War they serving as a sure Refuge to the neighbouring Country People who commonly resort thither with their Goods when alarm'd by an approaching Enemy 7. The Room where the Synod of Dort was held Anno 1619 with the Seats as they then stood is shewn to Strangers as another Curiosity of this Country To these we may add the stately brazen Statue of the famous Desid Erasmus in the City of Rotterdam as also the little obscure House where that Great and Eminent Man was born which is likewise shewn to Strangers having this Distich over its Door Aedibus his ortus Mundum decor avit Erasmus Artibus ingenuis Relligione Fide Here is but one Archbishoprick in this Country viz. Utricht and that only Titulary Under the Archbishop of Utrecht are Five Titular Suffragans viz. Those of Deventer Groningen Harlem Leuwarden Middleburgh Universities in this Country are those of Leyden Utrecht Franeker Groningen Harderwick The Natives of this Country are reckon'd none of the Politest sort of People either in Thought or Behaviour especially the latter in which they so little endeavour to follow the various Modes and nice Punctilio's of Ceremony in Use among their Neighbours the French that they choose rather to run to the other extream The chief if not only Quality of this People besides the singular Neatness of their Houses is that wonderful Genius to a laudable Industry wherewith they seem to be Universally inspir'd Persons of all Ages Sexes and Stations being some way or other usefully imploy'd By which industrious Hand in carrying on several profitable Manufactures at home and managing a prodigious Trade abroad they have of late advanc'd themselves to such a height of Power and Treasure as to become even terrible to crown'd Heads The Language here spoken is the Low Dutch a Dialect of the German having several corrupted French and Latin words intermixt a Language that hath nothing to recommend it to Strangers How it differs from the High German will best appear by their Pater Noster which runs thus Onse Vader die in de hemelen Ziit Uwen Naem werde geheylight Uw ' koninckritche home Uwen wille geschiede geliick in den hemel alsoo oock op der atrden On s ' dagelicks broot geef on s heden Ende vergeeft on s onse schulden geliick
Contains the Palatinate of Kamienieck Chief Town Idem W. to E. Braclaw Idem §. 4. Curland a Dukedom Contains D. of Curland Chief Town Goldingen W. to E. Seinegâ—llen Mittaw §. 5. Samogitia a Dukedom Contains the Territ of Rosâ—enne Chief Town Idem S. to N. Midnick Idem Schwnden Idem §. 6. Poloquia a Province Contains the Palatinate of Bressiti Chief Town Bresste S. to N. Beilskien Bielsk §. 7. Little Russia a Province Contains the Palatinate of Chelm Ch. T. Idem N. to S. Belz Idem Lemberg Idem or Lwow or Leopolis §. 8. Prussia a Dukedom Divided into Royal Westward Chief Town Dantzick W. to E. Ducal Eastward Koningsberg §. 9. Warsovia a Dukedom not divided It s Chief Town is Warsaw upon the Weisel §. 10. Polonia properly so called Divided into Lower Northward Upper Southward  Palat. of Posua Chief Town Idem W. to N. E. Kaliskic Gnesna Debrizin Idem Lower conttains the Plokskein Ploczko Siradia Idem W. to E. Lancicia Idem Rava Idem Provin of Cujava Uladislaw N. of Lancicia Upper contains the Palatinate of Lublin Idem N. to S. on the Weissel Sandomiria Sandomirz Cracovia Cracow THIS Country being a considerable Part of the Ancient Sarmatia Europaea is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Polonia by the French Pologne by the Germans Polen and by the English Poland so call'd according to the best conjectures from Polu or Pole which in the Sclavonic Language signify a Plain or Champagne Country fit for Hunting there being none of old more esteemed for that than it was The Air of this Country is of a different Nature according to the Nature and Situation of the different Parts of that Kingdom for in the Provinces towards the North-West it 's very Cold yet withal very pure and wholesome but towards the North-East particularly Lithuania it 's not only cold but also very gross and unwholesome which chiefly ariseth from the vast number of Lakes in that part of the Country whose standing Waters send up Infectious Vapours which intermixing with the Air do easily corrupt the whole Mass thereof The opposite Place of the Globe to Poland is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean lying between 215 and 234 Degrees of Longitude with 48 and 58 Degrees of South Latitude The Nature of the Air having still a great Influence on the Soil The North-West Provinces of this Kingdom it lying in the 9th 10 and 11th North Climate are abundantly fertil affording many sorts of Grain and Fruits not only enough for the Inhabitants but also to supply the wants of their Neighbours In the middle part of this Kingdom are some Mountains and those well stor'd with several Mines of Silver Copper Iron and Lead The Provinces towards the North and North-East are very barren iâ— Fruits and Corn being full of Woods Lakes and Rivers The longest Day in the North most Parts of this Kingdom is 17 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 8 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Wax Linnen Boards Masts for Ships Pitch rich Furs Salt Amber Potashes Soap Corn Butter Cheese Rozin Flax Cordage Brimstone c. In the Cathedral of Gnesna is kept an inestimable Treasure of Gold Silver and enamelled Vessels given by divers Kings of Poland and Prelates of that See Under the Mountains adjacent to Kiow are divers Grotto's wherein are preserv'd a great number of Humane Bodies still entire although buried many Years ago â—â—â—ing neither so black nor hard as the Egyptian Mummies among these are two Princes array'd in the same Habit they usually wore when alive who are shown to Travellers by the Russian Monks The place where those Bodies are preserv'd is a dry sandy Ground much of the same Nature with the Catacombs at Rome In the Southern parts of Poland are divers Mountains out of which is dug Salt in large Masses as Stones out of a Quarry and out of others they dig natural Earthen Cups which being expos'd for some time in th' open Air become as hard as a Stone In the Deserts of Podolia is a Lake whose Waters do condense into solid Salt and that purely by the Heat of the Sun Near to Cracovia are the Mines of Sal-Gemme which being two hundred Fathoms deep do constantly imploy above a thousand Men and yield a vast Revenue to the King Near to Culm in D. of Prussia is a Fountain which constantly sends forth a mighty Sulphureous Steem and yet its Waters are never hot Archbishopricks in this Kingdom are two viz. those of Gnesna Leopol Bishopricks in this Kingdom are these following Cracow Colmensee Camieniec Kranostaw Posna Vilna Window Mednick Ploczkow Culm Lutzko Faussemberg Premislaw Kiow Universities in this Kingdom are those of Cracow Koninsberg Posna Vilna The Polanders are generally Men of handsome tall and well-proportion'd Bodies Men of a good and durable Complexion and of so strong and vigorous Constitutions that many of them prove the best of Soldiers being able to endure all the Fatigues of a Military Life The Nobility and Gentry do mightily affect the greatest Pomp and Grandeur they can whether in Diet Apparel or Equipage They are generally reckon'd very Affable and Courteous to Strangers extreamly Jealous of their Liberties and Priviledges but most Tyrannical towards the meaner sort of their own People treating the Peasants no better than mere Slaves and in some Places they exercise a Power of Life and Death upon their Domestick Servants Which absolute Power and severe Usage of the Nobles towards the Commonality together with the many Feuds between one another have produc'd not only many lamentable Disorders in this Kingdom but also occasion'd the final Revolt of the Cossacks One remarkable Quality of this People is their singular Care in Instructing of Youth in the Latin Tongue which Persons of most Ranks do usually speak very fluently yea and even many of the Female Sex are also good Proficients therein The Poles being Originally descended from the Sclavi do still speak a Dialect of the Sclavonian Tongue but the Poverty and Barrenness of their Language has oblig'd them to borrow many Words from the Germans especially Terms of Art It is hard for Strangers to learn the same to perfection the Pronounciation being extreamly harsh by reason of the vast multitude of Consonants they use The Lithuanians have a particular Language of their own which mightily abounds with corrupted Latin words In Livonia they have a Language peculiar to themselves which is a Dialect of the Lithuanian however the German Tongue doth mostly prevail in several Cities and the Russian in others Pater-Noster in the Polish Tongue runs thus Oyeza nasz ktory testes w niebissich swieczszie imie twoie Przydz krolistwo twoie badz wola twa jake w nibie tak y waziemi Chleba naszego pows reduie day nam dzisziay Vodpusc nam nasze winy jackoymy odpuszezamy naszym winowayzem Ynie wwodz nas na pokuszenie a le
Spanish Tradition by St. James the Apostle within four Years after the Crucifixon of our Blessed Redeemer PORTUGAL THIS Country containing a great part of Old Lusitania with some of Ancient Galleria and Boetica is term'd by the Italians Porto Gallo by the Spaniards French Germans and English Portugal so call'd by some from Porto and Cale the first a Haven Town and the other a small Village at the Mouth of the Douro but by others from Portus Gallorum that Haven now O Porto being the Place where the Gauls usually landed when most of the Sea-Port Towns in Spain were in the Hands of the Moors The Air of this Country is much more temperate especially in the Maritime Places than in those Provinces of Spain which lie under the same Parallel it being frequently qualifi'd by Westerly Winds and cool Breezes from the Sea The opposite Place of the Globe to Portugal is that part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 188 and 194 Degrees of Longitude with 36 and 42 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying in the 5th and 6th North Climate is none of the best for Grain it being very Dry and Mountainous but yet very plentiful of Grapes Oranges Citrons Almonds Pomgranates Olives and such like The longest Day in the Northmost Parts of this Kingdom is about 15 Hours the shortest in the Southmost is about 9 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Wine Honey Oyl Allom White Marble Salt as also variety of Fruits as Oranges Almonds Citrons Pomgranates c. In a Lake on the Top of the Hill Stella in Portugal are found pieces of Ships though it be distant from the Sea more than twelve Leagues Near to Reja is a Lake observable for its hideous rumbling Noise which is ordinarily heard before a Storm and that at the distance of five or six Leagues About eight Leagues from Coimbra is a remarkable Fountain which swallows up or draws in whatsoever thing only toucheth the Surface of its Waters an Experiment of which is frequently made with Trunks of Trees The Town of Bethlem nigh to Lisbon is noted for the Sumptuous Tombs of the Kings of Portugal Archbishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Lisbon Braga Evora Bishopricks in this Kingdom are those of Miranda Leiria O Porto Coimbra Lamego Viseu Elvas Portalegre Faro Universities in this Kingdom are those of Lisbon Evora Coimbra The Portugueses formerly much noted for their Skill in Navigation and vast Discoveries which the World owes to them are wonderfully degenerated from their Fore-fathers being now a People whom some are pleas'd to Characterize thus That take one of their own Neighbours a Native Spaniard and strip of him of all his good Qualities which may be quickly done that Person then remaining will make a compleat Portuguize They are generally esteem'd a People very Treacherous to one another but more especially to Strangers extraordinary Cunning in their Dealings and the meaner sort are universally given to Thieving The Language us'd in this Kingdom is a Compound of French and Spanish especially the latter The difference between it and the true Spanish will best appear by the Pater Noster in that Tongue which runs thus Padre nosso que estas nos Ceos Sanoifioado seia o teu nome venha a nos ò teu reyno seia felta a tua vontade assi nos ceos como na terra O paonosso de cadaâ—ia 〈…〉 n'estodia E perdoa nos fenhor as nossas diâ—â—das assi como nos pendoamos a os nossos devedores E nao nos dexes cahir em tentacio mas libra nos do mal Amen This Kingdom after many Revolutions of Fortune was unjustly seiz'd upon by Philip II. of Spain and detain'd by him and his two Successors from the Dukes of Braganza the lawful Heir till the Year 1640. that the Portuguezes being unable to bear up any longer under the Tyrannical Sovereignty of the Spaniards threw off that intollerable Yoke and set the Crown upon the Head of John VI. Duke of Braganza afterwards John IV. Surnam'd the Fortunate notwithstanding of all that Philip IV. could do to the contrary Which Enterprize of theirs was happily brought about by the Assistance of some French Forces sent into this Country and 't is very remarkable how closely this their Design of Revolting was carri'd on though known to above three hundred â—â—rsons at once and in Agitation for the space of a whole Year Ever since which Revolt of Portugal it hath continued an Independent Kingdom subject unto and govern'd by its own King being of the Family of Braganza whose Government is truly Monarchical and Crown Hereditary He bears Argent five Escutcheons Azure plac'd cross wise each charg'd with as many Besants of the first plac'd in Saltier and pointed Sable for Portugal The Shield border'd Gules charg'd with Seven Towers Or three in chief and two in each Flanch The Crest is a Crown Or. Under the two Flanches and the Base of the Shield appear at the ends of two Crosses the first Flower-de-luc'd Verte which is for the Order of Avis and the second Pattes Gules which is for the Order of Christ The Motto is very changeable each King assuming a new one but frequently these Words Pro Rege Grege What was said of Religion in Spain the same almost may be affirm'd of that in this Kingdom the Tenets of the Church of Rome being here universally embrac'd by the Portugucze only with this difference that they tollerate Jews and allow several Strangers the publick Exercise of their Religion particularly the English Factory at Lisbon This Country receiv'd the Blessed Gospel much about the same time with Spain ITALY by Rob. Mordon SECT VI. Concerning Italy  d. m. Situated between 25 30 of Long. its greatest Length from N. W. to S. E. is about 760 Miles 39 00 between 38 15 of Latit Breadth from S. W. to N. E. is about 134 Miles 46 30 Being divided into three Classes viz. Upper Middle Lower The Upper or Lombardy contains the Dukedom of Savoy Chief Town Chambery W. to E. Princip of Piedmont Turin D. of Montferrat Casal Milan Idem Parma Idem Modena Idem Mantua Idem N. to Modena Rep. of Venice Idem on the bot of the Adriatick Gulf. Genoua Idem S. to Milan Bishoprick of Trent Id. S. to Tyrol in Austria The Middle contains the Land of the Church Rome S. to N. Duked of Tuscany Florence Rep. of Luca Idem S. to Modena S. Marino Idem The Lower contains the Kingdom of Naples Idem Southward Of all these in Order §. 1. In the Upper-part or Lombardy SAVOY Containing several remarkable Towns situated upon or nigh unto four small Rivers that water this Country Viz. The Isere running Westward in the main The Arc W. turning N. W. The Seran N. W. in the main The Arve N. W. Nigh unto or upon the Isere are those of
more famous for what it hath been than for what it is being now on the decaying hand At present it's subject unto several Sovereigns various Places within its Territories belonging to the Dukes of Savoy and Tuscany some free and others lately taken by the French III. Luca being a small Free Commonwealth enclos'd within the Territories of the Grand Duke of Tuscany is under the Government of one Principal Magistrate call'd the Gonfalonier changeable every second Month assisted by nine Counsellors nam'd Anziani whom they also change every six Months during which time they live in the Palace or Common-Hall and Superior to them is the Grand Council which consisteth of about Two hundred and forty Noblemen who being equally divided into two Bodies take their turns every half Year This State is under the Protection of the Emperor of Germany and payeth him yearly Homage accordingly IV. St. Marino a little but flourishing Republick in the Dukedom of Urbine which still maintains its Previleges and is govern'd by its own Magistrates who are under the Protection of the Pope The whole Territory of this small Commonwealth is but one Mountain about three Miles long and ten round consisting of about five thousand Inhabitants who boast of their State being a Free Republick about a thousand Years It being too tedious to express the Ensigns Armorial of all the Sovereign Princes and States in this Country and too superficial to mention those of one only we shall therefore as a â—he Medium nominate the Chief Sovereignties of Italy viz. the Popâ—â—â—om the Dukedom of Tuscany and the Republicks of Venice and Genoua and affix to each of these their peculiar Arms. Therefore 1. His Holiness the Pope as Sovereign Prince over the Land of the Church or Papal Dominions bears for his Escutcheon Gules consisting of a long Cape or Head-piece Or surmounted with a Cross pearl'd and garnish'd with three Royal Crowns together with the two Keys of St. Peter placed in Saltier 2. The Arms of Tuscany are Or five Roundles Gules two two and one and one in Chief Azure charged with three Flower-de-Luces Or. 3. Those of Venice are Azure a Lion winged Sejant Or holding under one of his Paws a Book covered Argent Lastly Those of Genoua are Argent a Cross Gules with a Crown clos'd by reason of the Island of Corsica belonging to it which bears the Title of Kingdom and for Supporters are two Griffins Or. My unavoidable Prolixity in handling the various Heads contain'd in the foregoing Paragraphs doth call upon me to attone for the same by a desirable Brevity in treating of this Head now before us All therefore I shall say upon it is That the Italians as to their Religion are Zealous Professors of the Doctrine of the Roman Church even in her grossest Errors and Superstitions and that either out of Fear of the Barbarous Inquisition or in Reference to their Ghostly Father the Pope or chiefly by being industriously kept in woful Ignorance of the Protestant Doctrine of which they are taught many false and monstiuous things The Jews are here tollerated the Publick Exercise of their Religion and at Rome there 's a Weekly Sermon for their Conversion at which one of each Family is bound to be present The Christian Faith was first preached here by St. Peter who went thither in or about the beginning of the Reign of the Emperor Claudius as is generally testifi'd by some Ancient Writers of good Account TURKY in EUROPE by R. Morden SECT VIII Concerning Turky in Europe  d. m.  Miles Situated between 36 00 of Long. its greatest Length is about 770. 53 00 between 36 30 of Latit Breadth is about 660. 49 20 Turky in Europe being divided into two Classes North the Danuube South North comprehends Hungary Chief Town Buda W. to E. Transilvania Hermanstat Valachia Tergowick Moldavia Saczow Little Tartary Crim South comprehends Romania Constantinople E. to W. Bulgaria Sophia Servia Belgrade Bosnia Bosna Seraio Sclavonia Possega Croatia Wihitz W. to S. E. Dalmatia Spalatro Greece Saloniki Of all these in Order Hungary divided into Upper North Chief Towns in Upper are Praesburge W. to S. E. upon the Danuube Newhawsel Pest Colocza Esperies N. to S. upon the Teyssa Caschaw Tokay Agria Zolnock Segedin Zatmar N. to S. on the E. of Teyssa Debreczen Great Waradin Gyulla Timesware Lower South in Lower are Raab W. to S. E. on the Danuube Gran Buda Kanischa W. to E. upon the Drave Siget Quinque Ecclesiae Stul Weissenburge aliter Alba Regalis upon Zarwiza In Transilvania The Chief Towns are Clausenburge S. to N. upon the Samos Burgles Newmark N. to S. upon the Maresh Wissenburge Hermanstat upon the Alauta In Valachia The Chief Towns are Tergvoick From N. to S. Buchorest In Moldavia The Chief Towns are Soczow From W. to E. Jazy Romani Wiwar Southward In Little Tartary The Chief Towns are Nigropoli From N. to S. Kaffa In Romania The Chief Towns are Constantinople From E. to W. Adrinople Philippipoli aliter Philiba In Bulgaria The Chief Towns are Sophia From S. to N. Silistria Nigopoli In Servia The Chief Towns are Scopia From S. to N. Guistandil Viddin Nissa From S. to N. W. upon the Marâ—wa Jagodna Belgrade From N. to S. Bracco Prisren In Bosnia The Chief Towns are Bosna-Seraio From E. to W. Jaycza Bomiahich Southward In Sclavonia The Chief Towns are Possega From W. to E. Peter-Waradin Esseck upon the Drave In Croatia The Chief Towns are Wihitsch From S. to N. Dubiza Carâ—lstat Westward In Dalmatia The Chief Towns are Nona From W. to S. E. Zara Sebenico Spalatro Narenza Ragusi Scodrant Cattaro Lastly Greece by the Turk's Rumelia comprehends the following Divisions Viz. Macedonia By the Moderns Idem Northward Albania Arnaut Thessalia Janna In the Middle Epirus Idem Achaia Livadia Peloponesus Morea lying Southward of all The Chief Towns of Macedonia are Contessa N. E. to S. W. Saloniki Zeucria Florina Cogni Albania are Scutari N. to S. Alessio Croia Durazzo Vallona Thessalia are Larissa E. to W. Tricala â—anna Epirus are Canina N. to S. Chimera Butrinto Prevesa Larta Achaia are Lepanto W. to E. Castri olim Delphi Attâ—es olim Athenae Maraton Stives olim Thebae Morea are Corinto Nigh the Sea-Coast all round the Peninsula Napoli-di-Romania Maluasia Colochina Coron Navarino Chiarenza Patrasso THIS vast Complex Body comprehending these various Countries above-mention'd and the most remarkable of 'em being Hungary Greece and Little Tartary We shall first treat of these Three separately and then conjunctly of all the rest under the General Title of the The Danubian Provinces Therefore §. 1. HUNGARY THIS Country containing a Part of Pannonia with some of Ancient Germany and Dacia is term'd by the Italians Ungharia by the Spaniards Hungria by the French Hungrie by the Germans Ungern and by the English Hungary so call'd from the Ancient Inhabitants the Hunni or Huns. The Air of this Country is generally esteem'd very
Ancient Dacia Mediterranea so call'd by the Romans Quasi trans sylvas it being encompass'd with vast mighty Forests 2 Valachia part of Old Dacia corruptedly so call'd for Flaccia ' which Title came from one Flaccus an Ancient General who made that part of the Country a Roman Colony 3. Moldavia the Seat of the Ancient Getae so call'd from a Little River of the same Name 4. Romania the chiefest Part of Old Thrace so call'd from Roma Nova viz. Constantinople 5. Bulgaria or rather Wolgaria the Old Moesia Inferior so call'd from Volga it being formerly subdu'd and possess'd by a People which came from the Banks of that River 6. Servia of Old Moesia Superior why so call'd is not very certain 7. Bosnia Part of the Ancient Pannonia so call'd from a River of the same Name 8. Sclavonia another Part of Pannonia so call'd from its Ancient Inhabitants the Sclavi 9 Croatia heretofore known by the Name of Liburnia so call'd from its Inhabitants the Creates Lastly Dalmatia much of the Ancient Illyricum but as for the Etymology of that Name it 's not yet agreed upon among Criticks The Air of these various Provinces doth mightily vary according to their Situation and Nature of the Soil The opposite Place of the Globe to them is that Part of the vast Pacifick Ocean between 220 and 235 Degrees of Longitude with 42 and 48 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of these various Provinces they lying in the 7th and 8th North Climate cannot reasonably be expected to be the same in all Croatia is Cold and Mountainous yet producing all Necessaries for the Life of Man Servia much more Pleasant and Fertil Bulgaria Unpleasant and Barren being full of Deserts and ill inhabited Moldavia more Temperate and Fertil but the greatest Fate of it uncultivated Romania affords great Quantity of Corn and Fruits and several of its Mountains produce some Mines of Silver Lead and Allum The longest Day in the Northmost Part is about 16 Hours the shortest in the Southmost is 9 Hours and the Nights proportionably Most of these Provinces being Inland 〈◊〉 Countries except Romania and therefore little frequented by Strangers the Number of their Commodities can't be very great save only those â—â—ported from Stamboul which are chiefly Grograins Camblets 〈◊〉 Carpets â—uniâ—eeds Cottons Galls and most other rich Turkish Commodities In one of the Mines of 〈◊〉 viz. that at Rimili Dominurdiz are found sometimes large Lumps of Virgin Gold fit for the Miat without any purifying Other Parts of this Country afford such vast Quantities of Stone-Salt as to supply all the Neighbouring Nations with that useful Mineral Near to Enguedine in the same Principality the Ancient Annium are several Monuments of Antiquity especially the Remains of a large Military Way or long Cawsway made by one Annius a Captain of a Roman Cohort At Spalatro in Dalmatia are the Ruins of Dioclesian's Palace in which he took up his Residence when he retired from the Empire Here is also an intire Temple consecrated to Jupiter which is of an Octogonal Form and adorn'd with several stately Pillars of Porphyry At Zara in the same Province are many Ruins of Roman Architecture and several Heathen Altars still to be seen But what mostly deserves our regard are those Monuments of Antiquity as yet extant in or near to Constantinople the chief of which are these following viz. 1. The Hippodrome now call'd Atmidan a word of like signification in which remain some stately Hietoglyphical Pillars particularly one of Egyptian Granite fifty Foot long and yet but one Stone and another of Brass only fourteen Foot high and in form of three Serpents wreath'd together up to the Top where their heads separate and look three different ways 2. South of the Hippodrome is that Column commonly call'd the Historical Pillar curiously carv'd from Top to Bottom expressing variety of warlike Actions 3. West of the Hippodrome is another Column of Porphyry brought hither from Rome by Constantine the Great which having suffer'd much Damage by Fire is now call'd the Burnt Pillar 4. Nigh the Mouth of the Black-Sea is a Pillar of the Corinthian Order about ten Foot high with an imperfect Inscription on its Base vulgarly call'd Pompy's Pillar which hath been probably erected for a Sea-mark by Day as the Lanthorn at Fanari is by Night 5. From the Black-Sea to the City of Constantinople reacheth that Noble Aqueduct made by the Emperor Valentinian whose Name it retaineth and repair'd by Solyman the Great To these we may add that noble Pile of Building Sancta Sophia formerly a Christian Temple but now a Mahometan Mosque for a particular Description of which with the other Remarkables above mention'd see Sandy's Wheeler Spon with other Modern Travellers Here is one Patriarchate viz. that of Constantinople as also several Archbishopricks especially those of Calcedon Sophia Trasanopoli Antivari Rugusa or Ragusi Chief Bishopricks in these Provinces are those of Posega Zagrabe Narenza Belgrade Scardona Cattaro Universities in these Provinces None These various Provinces are inhabited by various sorts of People particularly the Sclavonians who are generally Men of a robust and strong Constitution and very fit to be Soldiers Next the Croats who are esteem'd to be Persons so Valiant and Faithful that they are entertain'd by many German Princes as their Guards Lastly The Servians and Bulgarians who are reckon'd very Cruel and universally given to Robbery But as for the Natural Turks they are thus Characteriz'd viz. Men of a swarthy Complexion robust Bodies of a good Stature and proportionably compact'd Men who though generally addicted to some horrid Vices not to be nam'd among Christians are yet Persons of great Integrity in their Dealings strict Observers of their Word abundantly Civil to Strangers extraordinary Charitable after their own way and so zealous Observers of the various Duties enjoin'd by their Religion especially that of Prayer that their frequency in the same may justly reproach the general Practice of Christians now a-days In their ordinary Salutations they lay their Hands on their Bosoms and a little encline their Bodies but accosting a Person of Quality they how almost to the Ground and kiss the Hem of his Garment They account it an opprobrious thing to uncover their Heads and as they walk in the Streets they prefer the Left-hand before the Right as being thereby Master of his Cymitar with whom they walk Walking up and down they never use and much wonder at that Custom of Christians Their chief Recreations are Shooting with the Bow and throwing of Lances at both of which they 're very dexterous The Sclavonian Language being of a vast Extent is us'd not only in all these Provinces though with some variation of Dialect but also in a great Part of Europe besides The purest Dialect of which Tongue is generally esteem'd that peculiar to Dalmatia As for the Turkish which is originally Sclavonian and now the prevailing
in any Part of the Continent under the same Parallel The Cold during the Winter is not so piercing nor the Heat in the Summer so scorching as to recommend much less to enforce the use of Stoves in the one or Grotto's in the other The opposite Place of the Globe to England is that part of the Pacifick Ocean between 200 and 210 Degrees of Longitude with 50 and 56 Degrees of South Latitude This Country lying in the 9th 10th and 11th North Climate is generally so Fertil and produceth such plenty of Grain Fruits Roots Herbs c. that the excellency of its Soil is best declar'd by those Transcendent Elogies deservedly bestow'd on her both by Ancient and Modern Writers who call England the Granary of the Western World the Seat of Ceres c. that her Vallies are like Eden her Hills like Lebanon her Springs as Pisgah and her Rivers as Jordan that she 's a Paradise of Pleasure and the Garden of God The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 17 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is almost 8 Hours and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Corn Cattle Tyn Copper Lead Iron Timber Coals abundance of Wooll Cloath Stufts Linnen Hides Tallow Butter Cheese Beer c. In most Counties of this Kingdom are still extant some noted Circular Stone Monuments like those in Scotland abovemention'd page 193 particularly The Seventy seven Stones at Saleeds in Cumberland commonly term'd Long Meg and her Daughters Those call'd Rolle-rich Stones in Oxfordshire Those near Enisham in Northumberland Those upon the River Loder in Westmorland Those near Burrow-Bridge in Yorkshire Those near Exmore in Devonshire and finally the Hurlers and those at Biscaw-woun in Cornwall c. But most observable of all is Stonehenge the Chorea Gigantum of the Ancients on Salisbury-Plain Which Monuments are thought by some to consist of Natural Stones by others of Stones artificially compounded of pure Sand Lime Vitriol and other unctious Matter But if the Reader desires to see the various Conjectures of the Curious concerning the Nature and Design of all such Monuments together with the Draught of Stone-henge in particular let him consult the late Edition of Camden's Britannia page 23 95 108 269. 2. In many Parts of England are yet to be seen the Vestigia and Remains of divers Roman Military Ways the principal of which is that mention'd in Leland's M. S. beginning at Dover and passing through Kent to London from thence to St. Albans Dunstable Stratford Toucester Littlebourn St. Gilbert's Hill near Shrewsbury then by Stratton and so through the middle of Wales to Cardigan 3. In this Country are abundance of Medicinal Waters whether for Bathing as those especially in Somersetshire call'd the Baths 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or Purging particularly those of the Spaws in Yorkshire Tunbridge in Kent Ebisham and Dulledge in Surry North-hall Acton and Islington in Middlesex Here also are many other very remarkable Springs whereof some are mightily impregnorated either with Salt as that at Durtwich in Worcestershire or Sulphure as the famous Well at Wiggin in Lancashire of which afterwards or Bituminous Matter as that at Pitchford in Shropshire Others have a Petrifying Quality as particularly that near Lutterworth in Leicestershire and the remarkable Droping-Well in the West-Riding of Yorkshire And finally some Ebb and Flow but that generally in a very irregular manner as those of Peak-Forrest in Derbyshire and Lay-Well near Torbuy whose Waters rise and fall several times in one Hour To these we may add that remarkable Fountain near Richard's Castle in Herefordshire commonly call'd Bone-Well which is always full of small Fish-bones or such resemblances though frequently empti'd and clear'd of them 4 Many are the Roman Altars which from time to time are dug up in this Kingdom especially the Northern Parts thereof As for their particular Shapes and remarkable Inscriptions with the places where now to be seen Vid. Cambden late Edition page 568 570 734 782 783 826 836 844. and from 848 to 852. inclusively 5. In several places between Carlisle and Newcastle are some Remains of the famous Picts Wall so much talkt off by our English Historians which did run through Cumberland and Northumberland beginning at Tinmouth Bar and ending at Solway-Frith 6 In Cambridgeshire are Tracts of those large Ditches thrown up by the East-Angles to prevent the Incursions of the Mercians who frequently ruin'd all before them And nigh to the Town of Cambridge are some Vestigia of two spacious Camps one Roman at Arborough a mile North of Cambridge and the other at Gogmagog-Hills on the other side of the Town 7. Near Wiggin in Lancashire is the remarkable Well abovemention'd which being empti'd there presently breaks out a sulphurous Vapour which makes the Water bubble up as if it boil'd and a Candle being put thereto it instantly takes Fire and burns like Brandy During a Calm the Flame will continue a whole Day and by its Heat they can boil Eggs Meat c. and yet the Water it self is cold 8. In Whinâ—ield Park in Westmorland is the Three-Brother-Tree so call'd because there were Three of 'em the least whereof is this which a good way from the Root is thirteen Yards and a half in Circumference 9. At Brosely Bently and Pitchford with other Places adjacent in Shropshire is found over most of the Coal-pits a Stratum of blackish porous Stone much impregnorated with bituminous Matter which Stone being pulveriz'd and boil'd in Water the bituminous Substance riseth to the top and being gather'd off it comes to the Consistency of Pitch and is us'd for such with good Effect 10. In Derbyshire is the famous Peak and some hideous Cavities as those call'd Pool's Hole Elden Hole and another which goes by the indecent Name of the Devil's Arse In the first of these is dropping Water of a petrifying Nature and at a small distance from it a little clear Brook remarkable for consisting both of hot and cold Water so join'd in the same Stream that a Man may at once put the Finger and Thumb of the same Hand one into hot and the other into cold 11. Near Whitby in the North-Riding of Yorkshire are found certain Stones resembling the Folds and Wreaths of a Serpent And at Huntly-Nabb in the same Riding are other Stones of several sizes and so exactly round as if artificially made for Cannon Balls which being broken do commonly contain divers stony Serpents wreath'd up in Circles but generally without Heads 12 Near Alderly in Glocestcrshire and on the tops of Mountains not far from Richmond with several other parts of England are Stones resembling Cokles Oysters and divers other Water Animals which if once living Creatures or the ludicrous Fancy of Nature is not now my business to enquire 13. In Mendippe-hills in Somersetshire is a prodigious Cave call'd Ochy-Hole which being of a considerable length in it are discover'd some Wells and
and Hola Archbishopricks and Universities none The Ice-landers being Persons of a middle Stature but of great Strength are generally reckon'd a very ignorant and superstitious Sort of People They commonly live to a great Age and many value themselves not a little for their Strength of Body Both Sexes are much the same in Habit and their chief Imployment is Fishing The Danes here residing do usually speak as in Denmark As for the Natives they still retain the old Gothick Tongue This Island being subject to the Danish Crown is govern'd by a particular Vice-Roy sent thither by the King of Denmark whose place of Residence is ordinarly in Bestode-Castle For Arms. Vid. Denmark page 69. The Inhabitants of this Island who own Allegiance to the Danish Crown are generally the same in Religion with that profess'd in Denmark as for the uncivilized Natives who commonly abscond in Dens and Caves they still adhere to their Ancient Idolatry as in former times When Christianity was first introduc'd into this Island is not very certain §. 3. The Azores They are in Number 9. viz. St. Michael Found from E. to W. Chief Town of all is Angra in Tercera St. Maria Tercera Gratiosa St. George Pico Fyal Flores Cuervo THESE Islands taken by some for the Cathiterides of Ptolomy are term'd by the Italians Flandrice Isola by the Spaniards Los Azores by the French Les Azores by the Germans Flandersche Insuln and by the English The Azores so call'd by their Discoverers the Portugueze from the abundance of Hawks found in them By others they 're term'd the Terceres from the Island Tercera being chief of all the rest The Air of these Islands inclining much to Heat is tollerably good and very agreeable to the Portugueze The oposite Place of the Globe to the Azores is that Part of Terra Australis Incognita lying between the 165 and 175 Degrees of Longitude with 35 and 41 Degrees of South Latitude These Islands are bless'd with a very fertil Soil producing abundance of Grain Wine and Fruit besides great plenty of Wood. The length of the Days and Nights in the Azores is the same as in the middle Provinces of Spain lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief thing exported from these Islands is Oad for Diers and that in great abundance together with variety of choice Singing Birds Here are several Fountains of hot Water and one in Tercera of a petrifying Nature The Island Tercera is also remarkable for being the place of the first Meridian according to some Modern Geographers Here is one Bishoprick viz. That of Angra under the Archbishop of Lisbone The Inhabitants of these Islands being Portugueze are much the same in Manners with those on the Contient The Portugueze here residing do still retain and speak their own Language These Islands being inhabited and possess'd by the Portugueze are subject to the Crown of Portugal and rul'd by a particular Governor sent thither from that Court who ordinarily refides at Angra in Tercera The Inhabitants of these Islands being Portugueze as aforesaid stick close to the Roman Religion and that in its grossest Errors as universally profess'd and by Law establish'd in the Kindom of Portugal §. 4. Mediterranean Islands ON the South of Europe are the Islands of the Mediterranean Sea The chief of which are these following Viz. Majorca Chief Town Idem Lying E. of Valencia Minorca Citadella Yvica Idem Corsica Bastia Lying S. of Genoua Sardignia Cagliari Sicily Palermo Lying S. W. of Naples Malta Idem Candia Idem lying S. of The Archipelago Cyprus Nicosia Anatolia Of all which in Order beginning with Majorca Minorca and Yvica EACH of these Islands hath almost the same Modern Appellation among the Italians Spaniards French Germans and English and were all known of old by the Name of Baleares which is derived from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying to Dart or Throw because their Inhabitants were famous for their Dexterity in throwing the Dart. The Air of these Islands is much more temperate to breath in than any where on the Adjacent Continent being daily fann'd by cool Breezes from the Sea The opposite Place of the Globe to the Baleares is that part of the Pacifick Ocean between 200 and 205 Degrees of Longitude with 35 and 40 Degrees of South Latitude The two former of these Islands are somewhat Mountainous and Woody but the last is more plain and extreamly fertil both in Corn Wine and divers sort of Fruits It likeways so aboundeth with Salt that divers Neighbouring Countries are suppli'd from thence From these Islands are exported to several Parts of Europe Salt Wine Brandy Coral with variety of Fruits c. On the Coasts of Majorca is found abundance of excellent Coral for which the Inhabitants frequently fish with good success Yvica is said to nourish no noxious Animal and yet Formentera an Adjacent Island and one of the Baleares is so infested with Serpents that the same is uninhabited In these Islands is one Bishoptick viz. that of Majorca under the Archbishop of Terragon where is also a famous University The Inhabitants of these Islands being Spaniards are much the same in Manners with those on the Continent What was just now said of the Spaniards on these Islands in respect of Manners the same may be affirm'd of 'em in Point of Language These Islands being annext to the Crown of Spain are rul'd by one or more Governors sent thither by his Catholick Majesty and generally renew'd every third Year The Inhabitants of these Islands being Spaniards are all of the Roman Communion and as bigotted Zealots for the Popish Doctrine as elsewhere on the Continent They receiv'd the Light of the Blessed Gospel much about the same time with Spain Corsica and Sardignia THE former of these Islands call'd first by the Greeks Tercepne and afterwards Cyrne from Cyrnus reckon'd by some a Son of Hercules is now term'd Corsica from Corsa Bubulca a certain Woman of Liguria who is said to have led a Colony out of that Country hither And the other according to the Opinion of its Inhabitants is call'd Sardignia from Sardus another Son of Hercules who they say was the first that settled a Colony therein and gave it this Name in Memory of himself The Air of these Islands is universally reckon'd to be very unhealthful especially that of Corsica which is the reason of its being so thinly inhabited The opposite Place of the Globe to them is that part of Nova Zelandia or Adjcent Ocean between 210 and 215 Degrees of Longitude with 37 and 43 Degrees of South Latitude These Islands differ mightily in Soil the former being for the most part very Stony full of Woods and lying uncultivated but the other very fertil affording abundance of Corn Wine and Oyl c. The length of the Days
Vultures Their manner of Living is commonly in Tents in the open Fields which they remove from place to place according to the time of the Year and conveniency of Grazing Many of 'em make excellent Soldiers being not only willing and able to endure great Fatigues but also very dexterous and daring in time of Engagement When they seem many times to fly before their Enemies they 'll unexpectedly send back a dreadful Shower of Arrows in the Faces of their Pursuers and frequently turning about do give them a violent Charge and all without the least disorder When their great Cham dies 't is reportd That many of his chief Officers are immediately kill'd and interred with him that they may also attend him as they imagine in the other World according to their respective Posts here The Language us'd by the Asiatick Tartars is not much different from the Tartaresque spoken by those of Crim Tartary a Specimen of which is already given in Europe and both have a great Affinity with the Turkish The vast Body of Tartary is said to be subject to several Princes who are wholly accountable in their Government to one Sovereign who is commonly term'd the Great Cham whose Government is most Tyrannical and Crown hereditary The Lives and Goods of his People are altogether in his Power His Subjects stile him the Sun and Shadow of the Immortal God and render him a kind of Adoration never speaking unto him Face to Face but falling down upon their Knees with their Faces towards the Ground He looks upon himself as the Monarch of the whole World and from that vain Opinion is reported to cause his Trumpets to sound every Day after Dinner pretending thereby to give leave to all other Kings and Princes of the Earth to Dine For the better management of Publick Affairs he 's said to appoint two Councils each consisting of twelve Persons the wisest and best experienced of any that he can pitch upon of which one doth constantly attend the Affairs of State and the other those which relate to the War Yet after all this mighty Cham is lookt upon by some Judicious Persons as a meer Chimera and those strange Relations concerning him though hitherto current are thought to have a near Affinity unto the Legenda Aurea of the Roman Church The most receiv'd Opinion about the Arms of the Great Cham is that as Emperor of Tartary he bears Or an Owl Sable But what as King of China see the following Section The Inhabitants of this Country are partly Pagan partly Mahometan and partly Christian Paganism doth chiefly prevail in the Northmost Parts the People being generally gross Idolaters in those places In the Southern Provinces they 're for the most part followers of Mahomet's Doctrine especially since the Year 1246. And towards the Caspian Sea are found a considerable number of Jews thought by some to be the Off-spring of the ten Tribes led away Captive by Salmanasser Those of the Christian Religion overgrown of late by Nestorianism are scatter'd up and down in several Parts of this vast Country but most numerous in Cathay and the City of Cambalu The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country as is generally believ'd by the Labours of St. Andrew and St. Philip two of the Apostles SECT II. Concerning China  d. m. Situated between 118 00 of Long. It s greatest Length from N. E. to S. W is about 1380 Miles 141 00 between 20 30 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 1260 Miles 41 10 China contains Sixteen Provinces Viz. 6 North Leaotung Chief Town Leaoyang E. to W. Xantung Chinan Peking Idem aliter Xuntien Xansi Taiyven Honau Kaijung Xensi Sigan 10 South Nanking Id. alit Kiangnan E. to W Chekiang Haugchew Kiangsi Nanchang Fokien Focheu Huquang Unchang Quantung Quancheu Suchuen Chingtu Queicheu Queiyang Quansi Quilin Junnan Idem THIS Country thought by most Geographers to be the Ancient Sinae mention'd by Ptolomy is term'd by the French la Chine and by the Italians Spaniards Germans and English China so call'd according to the best Conjecture from one of its Ancient Monarchs nam'd Cina who is said to have liv'd about fifty Years before the Nativity of our Blessed Saviour Many other Names it hath had since that time for when the Government falls from one Family to another the first Prince of that Name is said to give a new Name to the whole Country the latest of which Modern Names are Tamin signifying the Kingdom of Brightness and Chuinque i. e. The Kingdom of the Middle the Chineses imagining that the Earth is Square and that their Country is situated exactly in the middle of it The Air of this Country is generally very Temperate save only towards the North where 't is sometimes intollerably Cold and that because of several Mountains of a prodigious height whose Tops are ordinarily cover'd with Snow The opposite Place to China is the South part of Brasil together with the East of Paraguay This Country it lying in the 4th 5th 6th North Climate is for the most part of a very rich and fertil Soil insomuch that its Inhabitants in several places are said to have two and sometimes three Harvests in a Year It abounds with Corn Wine and all kinds of Fruits Its Lakes and Rivers are very well furnisht with Fish and some afford various kinds of Pearls and Bezoar of great value Its Mountains are richly lin'd with several Mines of Gold and Silver Its Plains are extraordinary fit for Pasturage And its pleasant Forests are every where stor'd with all sorts of Venison In a word the whole Country in general is esteem'd one of the best in the World The longest Day in the Northmost Parts is about 14 Hours ¾ the shortest in the Southmost is about 10 Hours ¾ and the Nights proportionable The Commodities of this Country are Gold Silver Precious Stone Quicksilver Porcelline Dishes Silks Cottons Rhubarb Sugar Camphire Musk Ginger China-Wood c. Peculiar to this Country is a short Tree with a round Head and very thick which in respect of its Fruit may bear the Name of the Tallow Tree for at a certain Season of the Year 't is full of Fruit containing divers Kernels about the bigness of a small Nut which Kernels have all the Qualities of Tallow being the very same both as to Colour Smell and Consistency and by mixing a little Oyl with them do make as good burning Candles as Europeans usually make of pure Tallow it self 2 Here is a large Mountain full of terrible Caverns in one of which is a Lake of such a nature that if a Stone be thrown into it presently there 's heard a hideous noise as of a frightful Clip of Thunder and sometimes there ariseth a gross Mist which immediately dissolves into Water 3. In the City of Peking is a prodigious big Bell weighing 120000 Pounds surpassing the noted Bell of Erfurd in Upper
very cautious in their Actions Over each Province is appointed a Vice Roy and under him a great many Publick Officers To shun Oppression of the Subject by these various Ministers the Emperor before the Tartarian Conquest had a certain number of secret Spies in every Province to have a watchful Eye upon the Actions of every Publick Officer and upon any visible Act of Injustice in discharge of his Office they were to produce their Commission and by virtue thereof did seize such an Officer though of the highest Station but this is laid aside those Persons having mightily abus'd their Power Yet in lieu thereof they still retain one Custom which is certainly very singular viz. That every Vice Roy and Publick Officer is bound to take a Note of his own Miscarriages in the Management of Publick Affairs from time to time and humbly acknowledging the same is bound to find them in writing to Court Which Task is undoubtedly very irksome on one hand if duly perform'd but yet more dangerous on the other if wholly neglected Very remarkable are three Maxims of State carefully observ'd by the Chinesian Emperors viz. 1 Never to give any Mandarin a Publick Office in his Native Province lest being of a mean Descent it might contribute to his Disparagement or being well Descended and belov'd he should thereby grow too powerful 2. To retain at Court the Children of the Mandarins imploy'd in Publick Offices and that under pretence of giving them good Education but 't is in effect as Hostages lest their Fathers should chance to forget their Duty to the Emperor Lastly Never to sell any Publick Office but to confer the same according to Person 's Merits The Great Cham as King of China is said to bear for Ensigns Armorial Argent three Black-a-moor's Heads plac'd in the Front their bust vested Gules but according to others two Dragons The prevailing Religion in China is Paganism or gross Idolatry and in some Parts the Doctrine of Mahomet is entertain'd Of the several Idols to whom the Chineses pay their Devotions there are two of chief Note viz. One in form of a Dragon whom the Emperor with his Mandarins do religiously Worship prostrating themselves frequently before it and burning Incense unto it The other is call'd Fo or Foë set up as is conjectur'd in favour of one of their own Nation who is thought to have flourished about a thousand Years before our Blessed Saviour and for his wonderful Parts and Actions was esteem'd worthy of being Deifi'd at his Death They look upon him as the Saviour of the World and that he was sent to teach the Way of Salvation and make an Attonement for the Sins of Men. They mightily prize some Moral Precepts which they pretend he left and which the Bonzes or Priests do frequently inculcate upon the Minds of the People To this God are erected many Temples and he 's worshipped not only under the Shape of a Man but in the Person of a Real Man who they say never dies being upheld in that vain Opinion by the Lamas or Tartaran Priests who upon the Death of that Immortal Man take due care as the Egyptian Priests did their Apis to put one of their own number in his room and that of the same Features and Proportion or as near as possibly they can The Chineses have a mighty Spur to be cautious in all their Actions from an Opinion universally receiv'd among them viz. That the Souls of their deceased Friends are always at least frequently present with them and narrowly viewing their Deportment If we may believe the Writings of some late French Missionaries Christianity hath obtain'd considerable footing of late in this Country especially in the Province of Nankin and that the present Emperor hath allowed of the same by a Publick Edict throughout all the Empire The first Plantation of Christianity in this part of the World was undertaken according to common belief by St. Thomas or some of his Disciples Which Opinion is confirm'd by an Ancient Breviary of the Indian Churches containing these Words Per D. Thomam Regnum Caelorum volavit ascendit ad Sinas SECT III. Concerning India  d. m. Situated between 92 00 of Long. its greatest Length from N. W. to S. E. is about 1680 Miles 131 06 between 08 12 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 1690 Miles 40 00 India viz. all between China and Persia comprehends The Great Mogul's Empire containing many little Kingdoms but chiefly those of Delli Chief Town Idem in the main Land Agra Idem Cambaia Idem on the Sea-Coast Bengala Idem Peninsula Indiae intra Gangem containing the Kingdoms of Decan Goa Northward Golcond Idem Bisnagar Idem in the middle Malabar Calicute Southward Peninsula Indiae extra Gangem containing the Kingdoms of Pegu Idem from N. to S. Tunqum Idem Cochinchin Idem Siam Martaban Idem Siam Idem Malacca Idem THIS vast Complex Body consider'd here under the Title of India viz. all between Persia and China comprehends as aforesaid many distinct and considerable Kingdoms but all reducible to Three great Divisions abovemention'd to wit the Mogul's Empire and the two Peninsula's of India one within and the other without the Ganges Of all which separately and in their Order Therefore §. 1. The Mogul 's Empire THIS Country is a great Part of the Modern and Ancient India remarkable in the History of Alexander the Great and term'd India from the River Indus but now the Mogul's Empire as being subject unto that mighty Eastern Monarch commonly known by the Name of the Great Mogul In the Northern parts of this Empire the Air is said to be extremely cold and piercing about the time of the Sun 's greatest Southern Declination but in the Southern Provinces much more temperate The opposite Place of the Globe to the Mogul's Empire is that part of the â—ast Pacifick Ocean between 270 and 310 Degrees of Longitude with 25 and 39 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this vast Country it lying in the 3d and 4th North Climate is extraordinary barren in several Parts being encumbered with formidable dry sandy Mountains but elsewhere very plentiful especially in Cotton Millet Rice and most sorts of Fruits The length of the Days and Nights in this Country is the same as in the Kingdom of China they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Country are Aloes Musk Rhubarb Wormseeds Civits Indigo Laique Borâ—x Ogium Amber Myrabolans Sal-Armoniac Silk Cottons Callicoes Sattins Taffaties Carpets Metals Porcelline Earth and most sorts of Spices c. In several Parts of the Mogul's Empire particularly the Kingdom of Cambaia are divers noted Vulcano's which usually Smoke and sometimes break out in terrible Eruptions of Fire and Sulphurious Matter In and about the Imperial City of Agra are the splendid Sepulchres of the Royal Family of the Mogul's particularly that glorious Monument of the
the Ganges THIS large Country comprehending several Kingdoms abovemention'd was term'd Peninsula Indiae intra Gangem by the Ancients particularly the Romans and that upon the account of its Situation being within or on this side the River Ganges in respect of the Empire of Persia or Western Parts of Asia The Air of this Country is generally very hot yet in most of the Maritime Places 't is frequently qualifi'd by cold Breezes from the Sea The opposite Place of the Globe to this Peninsula is that part of the Pacifick Ocean between 230 and 245 Degrees of Longitude with 17 and 25 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Peninsula is for the most part extraordinary Fertil producing all desirable Fruits Roots and Grain besides vast quantities of Medicinal Herbs The longest Day in the Northmost Parts of this Country is about 13 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost is 11 Hours ½ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Metals Silks Cottons Pearls Drugs Dates Coco's Rice Ginger Cinnamon Pepper Cassia c. In several places of the Kingdom of Decan is a noted Tree call'd by Travellers the Nure-Tree whose Nature is such that every Morning 't is full of stringy Red Flowers which in the heat of the Day fall down in Showers to the Ground and blossoming again in the Night it daily appears in a new Livery 2. In the Island Salsete adjacent to Goa are vast Receptâ—â—les cut out of the main Rock one above another some of â—em being equal in bigness to a Village of Four hundred 〈◊〉 and adorn'd throughout with strange frightful Statues of 〈◊〉 representing Elephants Tygers Lyons Amazons c. 3 In the Island Conorein near Bombay belonging to the 〈◊〉 is a City of the same Name having divers large Heathen Temples and many other Appartments all cut out of the firm Rock Which stupendious Work is attributed by some to Alexander the Great but that without any shew of probability 4. In another adjacent Island belonging also to the Portuguese and call'd Elephanco from a huge Artisicial Elephant of Stone bearing a young one upon its Back is another Idolatrous Temple of a prodigious bigness cut out of the firm Rock 'T is supported by sorty two Pillars and open on all sides except the East where stands an Image with three Heads adorn'd with strange Hieroglyphicks and the Walls are set round with monstrous Giants whereof some have no less than eight Heads 5. At a City in the Kingdom of Decan known to Travellers by the Name of Dungeness is another Heathen Temple much the same with that above-mention'd Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universittes None The Natives of the various Provinces of this Peninsula are much the same in Manners with those in the Southern Parts of the Mogul's Dominions already mention'd The chief of the Indian Tongues in this Peninsula are Two viz. the Carabine mostly in use about Goa and the Gazarate which is spoken in Bisnagar and the Coasts of Coromandel In this Peninsula are a great many Princes who assume to themselves the Title of Kings the chief of them being those of Calicut Cochin Cananor Crangâ—ner Travancor and Taner besides which are several sorts of People in various parts of this Country who acknowledge Subjection to none of these nor to any other nor can they accord among themselves being commonly divided into various Parties who pitisully harass one another and those on the Coast of Malabar are much addicted to Pyracy What are the true Ensigns Armotial of these Indian Princes or if any is mostly conjectural all we find of 'em is that some in Decan and Cambaia bear Verte enâ—ompass'd with a Coilar of large precious Stones The Inhabitants of this Peninsula are generally Mahometans especially those who live near the Sea-Coasts but People residing in the Inland Parts are gross Idolaters worshipping not only the Sun and Moon but also many Idols of most ugly and horrible Aspects and in some Parts of Decan they look upon the first Creature they meet with in the Morning as the proper Object of their Worship for that Day except it be a Crow the very sight of which will consine them to their Houses the whole Day In most of the Sea-Port Towns and Places of Trade are Jews in considerable numbers and many European Christians especially those of our English Factories Christianity was first planted in this Country much about the same time with the Mogul's Empire Of which already §. 3. The Peninsula of India beyond the Ganges THIS last Division of India is term'd the Peninsula beyond the Ganges because of its Situation it lying beyond that famous River in respect of the other Peninsula or the Western Parts of Asia in general The Air of this Peninsula is somewhat different according to the Situation and Nature of the various Parts of that Country yet generally esteem'd indifferent healthful and temperate enough considering the Latitude of those places The opposite Place of the Globe to this Peninsula is that part of Nova Zelandia between 210 and 230 Degrees of Longitude with 1 to 24 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country it lying under the 1st 2d and 3d North Climate is extraodinary Fertil producing in great plenty all sorts of desirable Fruits and Grain besides 't is well stockt with invaluable Mines and great quantity of precious Stones yea so vastly Rich is this Country that the Southmost part thereof viz. Chersonese d'or is esteem'd by many to be the Land of Ophir to which King Solomon sent his Ships for Gold The longest Day in the Northmost parts is about 13 Hours ½ the shortest in the Southmost near about 12 Hours and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of this Country are Gold Silver precious Stones Silks Porcelline Earth Aloes Musk Rhubarb Alabaster c. Among the Rarities of this Country we may reckon the Golden House in the City of Arracan being a large Hall in the King's Palace whose inside is intirely overlaid with Gold having a stately Canopy of Massy Gold from the Edges of which hang above an hundred Combalenghe or large Wedges of Gold in form of Sugar-Loaves Here also are seven Idols of Massy Gold of the height of an ordinary Man whose Foreheads Breasts and Arms are adorn'd with variety of precious Stones as Rubies Emeralds Saphires and Diamonds In this Hall are also kept the two famous Caneques i. e. two Rubies of prodigious Value about which the Neighbouring Princes frequently contending have drawn Seas of Blood from each others Subjects and all from a vain Opinion That the Possession of those Jewels carry along with them a just Claim of Dominion over the Neighbouring Princes Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None What was said of the Natives of the other Peninsula in point of Manners the same may be affirm'd of those inhabiting this The various Europeans here residing are much
Smyrna Thyatira Laodicea Pergamus Philadelphia and Sardis §. 2. ARABIA THIS Country known formerly by the same Name is term'd by the Italians and Spaniards Arabia by the French Arabie by the Germans Arabien and by the English Arabia why so call'd is not fully agreed upon among Authors but the reason of the various Appellations of its three Parts viz. Deserta Petraea and Faelix is most evident they being so term'd from the Nature of their respective Soil The Air of the two Northern Arabia's is very hot during the Summer the Heavens being seldom or never overcast with Clouds but in that towards the South 't is much more temperate being mightily qualifi'd by refreshing Dews which fall almost every Night in great abundance The opposite Place of the Globe to those Countries is that part of the Pacifick Ocean between 245 and 275 Degrees of Longitude with 12 and 31 Degrees of South Latitude The very Names of these three Arabia's they lying in the 2d 3d and 4th North Climate do sufficiently declare the Nature of their Soil the Northern being extremely barren one encumbred with formidable Rocks and the other overspread with vast Mountains of Sand but the Southern deservedly term'd Foelix is of an excellent Soil being extraordinary fertil in many places The longest Day in the Northmost Part of these Countries is about 14 Hours the shortest in the Southmost 11 Hours ¼ and the Nights proportionably The chief Commodities of these Countries especially Arabia Foelix are Coral Pearl Onyx-Stones Balm Myrrh Incense Gums Cassia Manna and several other Drugs and Spices In Arabia Petraea is the noted Mountain of Sinai now call'd by the Arabians Gibol Mousa i. e. The Mountain of Moses on which were many Chappels and Cells possess'd by the Greek and Latin Monks several of which are still remaining with a Garden adjoining to each of ' em At the foot of the Mountain is a pleasant Convent from whence there was formely a way up to the top by one thousand four hundred Steps cut out of the firm Rock at the Charge and Direction of the Virtuous Helena Mother of Constantine the Great the Marks of which Steps are visible to this very Day The Religious here residing pretend to shew Pilgrims the very place where Moses staid for forty Days during his abode on the Mount and where he receiv'd the Tables of the Law and desired to see the Face of God 2. At Medina in Arabia Foelix is a stately Mosque supported by four hundred Pillars and furnish'd with three hundred Silver Lamps and call'd by the Turks Mos a kiba or Most Holy because in it lies the Coffin of their Great Prophet its hanging in the Air by two Load-stones being a meer Fable cover'd over with Cloath of Gold under a Canopy of Cloath of Silver curiously embroidred which the Bassa of Egypt is bound to renew yearly by the Grand Signior's Order 3. At Mecca in the same Arabia the Birth place of Mahomet is a Turkish Mosque so glorious that 't is accounted by many the stateliest of any in the World It s lofty Roof being rais'd in fashion of a Dome with two beautiful Towers of extraordinary Height and Architecture make a splendid show at the first appearence and are all conspicuous at a great distance The Mosque is said to have above an hundred Gates with a Window over each of 'em and within 't is adorn'd with Tapstery and Guildings extraordinary rich The number of Pilgrims who yearly visit this place is almost incredible every Musselman being oblig'd by his Religion to come hither once in his Life-time or to send a Deputy for him 4 The Country about Zibit in Arabia Foelix which many reckon to be the same with the Ancient Saba or Sabaea Seba or Sheba mention'd in 1 Kings 10. and Matth. 12. is still famous for the best Frankincense in the World which grows hereabouts in great abundance besides good plenty of Balsom Myrrh Cassia and Manna with several other Drugs and Spices Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities See Natolia The Arabs great Proficients of old in Mathematical Sciences are now an ignorant treacherous and barbarous kind of People The better and more innocent sort of 'em live in Tents and imploy their time in feeding their Flocks removing from place to place according to the conveniency of Grazing but the greater part of 'em are idle Vagabonds and so extremely given to Robbing that most of the Publick Roads in the Asiatick Turkey are pitifully pester'd with 'em they travelling commonly in considerable Troops headed by one of their number whom they own as Captain and assaulting the Caravans as they pass and repass the Mountains Those near Muscat in Arabia Faelix are absolutely the best of the whole Country being generally characteriz'd a People of a very civil and honest Deportment towards all sorts of Persons The Vulgar Language in the three Arabia's is the Arabesque or corrupt Arabian which is not only used here but with Variation of Dialect is spoken over a great part of the Eastern Countries As for the Ancient Pure and Grammatical Arabian 't is now learn'd at School as Europeans do Greek and Latin and is chiefly us'd by the Mahometans in their Religious Service The various Parts of this vast and spacious Country acknowledge Subjection to various Sovereigns and some to none at all Divers sorts of People in these Countries are willingly subject unto and rul'd by several Beglerbegs residing among them by the special Appointment of the Grand Signior others are govern'd by their own independent Kings or Princes the chief of whom are those of Fartach Massa and Amanzirisdin and some others do yield Obedience to certain Xeriffs or Chief Governors who are only Tributary to the Great Turk the most Honourable of them is he of Mecca who is of the Posterity of Mahomet but lately in Rebellion against his Master Besides these here are several sorts of People who live altogether free denying Subjection to any the chief of whom are the Bengebres Beduins and Gordins who reside mostly in Mountains and are much imploy'd in Robbing especially the Beduins they usually travelling in great numbers near Mecca on purpose to assault the Pilgrims in their way thither who are always necessitated to send valuable Presents to the Xeriff of that Place that he may order some of his Troops to meet the various Caravans and defend them against all Attempts For Arms. See the Ensigns Armorial of the Grand Signior page 182. Many of the Wild Arabs know nothing of Religion living like so many Savage Beasts hunting after their Prey and frequently devouring one another But the more sober sort of 'em profess the Doctrine of Mahomet that Grand Imposture and Native of their own Country The principal Points of which Doctrine may be seen page 183. to which I remit the Reader This Country was formerly illuminated with the Light of the Blessed Gospel having receiv'd the
David numbred in his time no less than 1300000 fighting Men besides the Tribes of Levi and Benjamin But alas such were the crying Sins of its Inhabitants that it not only spew'd them out as it had done those who dwelt before them But the Almighty being highly provok'd by their many and repeated Abominations hath turn'd that fruitful Land into barrenness for the wickedness of them who dwelt therein For such is the dismal State of this Country at present that besides the Turkish Yoke under which it groans the greatest part thereof is not only laid waste but even where duly manur'd 't is generally observ'd that the Soil is not near so fertil as formerly The longest Day in the Northmost part of this Country is about 14 Hours ¼ the shortest in the Southmost is about 10 Hours and the Nights proportionably Such is the mean and depauperated State of this Country at present that we may now reckon it destitute of all Commodities for the Merchant its Inhabitants now-a-days being mere Strangers to all manner of Commerce In its flourishing Condition under the Kings of Judah and Israel the People thereof did indeed manage a very considerable Trade abroad and that chiefly by the two famous Emporiums of Tyre and Sydon abovemention'd besides the Ships of Tarshish which Solomon sent yearly to the Land of Ophir and so noted were these two Maritime Cities of old for Merchandizing that the Evangelical Prophet Isaiah 23. 8. denouncing the overthrow of Tyre calls it The Crowning City whose Merchants are Princes and whose Traffickers are the Honourable of the Earth And Verse 3. he termeth Sydon a Mart of Nations But so fully accomplisht is the Prophetical Denounciation against 'em both and so low and despicable is their Condition at present that I heartily wish all flourishing Cities of Christendom might be so wise as seriously to reflect on the same and to take timely warning by them especially considering that most of our Populous and Trading Cities are now such Dens of Iniquity that their Inhabitants may justly dread That 't will be more tollerable for Tyre and Sydon in the day of judgment than fâ—r them In the Southern Parts of Palestine is Asphaltis or Asphaltites so term'd from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i. e. Bitumen that noted Lake of Judaea where the abominable Cities of Sodom and Gomorrah formerly stood otherways call'd the Dead Sea and remarkable at present for abundance of Sulphurous Vapours which still ascend in so great a measure that no Bird is able to fly from one side of the Lake to the other 'T is also observable for good store of Apples growing near its Banks which appear very lovely to the Eye but being toucht and cut up prove mere naught being nothing else but a heap of nauseous Matter 2. Nigh to the place of the Ancient Sarepta are many Caves and Apartments hewen out of the firm Rock which some vainly imagine to have been the Habitation of Men in the Golden Age before Cities in these Parts of the World were well-known But others with greater shew of probability take 'em for the Caves of the Sidonians mention'd in the Book of Joshua under the Name of Mearah 3 Not far from the once noted City of Tyre are several large square Cisterns which still go by the Name of Solomon's among the Christians of that Country but why so call'd they can give no other reason than bare Tradition 4. At St John d' Acre the Ancient Ptolemais are yet to be seen the Ruins of a Palace which acknowledgeth Richard I. King of England for its Founder and the Lion pissant is still visible upon some of the Stones 5. On Mount Carmel are some Remains of a Monastry of Carmelite Fryers with a Temple dedicated to the Blessed Virgin and under it is a private Cell or Cave which Travellers alledge to be the ancient residing Place of the Prophet Elias On the same Mountain are found a great many Stones that have the lively Impression of Fishes Bones upon ' em As also abundance of petrifi'd Fruit particularly Plumbs or Stones of that resemblance 6. Not far from the Brook Cedron stands a part of the Pillar of Absalom which he erected in his life-time out of an ardent desire to Eternize his Name and nigh to it is a great heap of small Stones which daily encreaseth because either Jew or Mahometan passing by seldom fails to throw one at the same and that out of abhorrency of the Son's Rebellion against the Father 7. In the Mountains of Judah is a remarkable Spring where Philip is said to have baptiz'd the Ethiopian Eunuch whereupon 't is call'd by the Name of The Ethiopian Fountain and hath a Church adjacent erected 't is probable out of Devotion in Honour of the Place and Memory of that Fact Yet by the by 't would seem that this were not the place of the Ethiopian's Baptism because those rocky and declining Mountains are hardly passable on Horse-back much less in a Chariot 8. Nigh to the asoresaid Fountain is a considerable Cave where 't is reported St. John the Baptist did live from the seventh Year of his Age till he appear'd in the Wilderness of Judaea as the promis'd Elias 9. At Bethlehem is the goodly Temple of the Nativity erected by St. Helena Mother of Constantine the Great who call'd it St. Mary's of Bethlehem 'T is now possess'd by the Franciscans of Jerusalem and is still intire having many Chappels and Altars but those little frequented except it be upon extraordinary Occasions 10. In the Mountains of Juda are the Remains of an Ancient Church built by St. Helena and dedicated to St. John the Baptist and that in the place where Zachary the Prophet was born And nigh to it where the Blessed Virgin did Visit her Cousin Elizabeth is a Grotto in which 't is said that the Body of Elizabeth lies interr'd 11. Upon the left hand in going out of the City of Jerusalem by the Gate of Joppa is Mount Sion on whose top are still to be seen the Ruins of the Tower of David which was once a Building of wonderful Strength and admirable Beauty 12. Upon Mount Calvary is the stately Temple of the Holy Sepulchre built by the aforesaid Virtuous St. Helena and hitherto visited by Multitudes of Christians who slock to it from all Parts of the World either out of Devotion or Curiosity It 's divided into a vast multitude of Appartments containing many Chappels and Altars which for the most part receive their Names from some remarkable Circumstance of our Saviour's Passion besides those peculiar to Christians of different Nations at Jerusalem particularly the Abyssines Armenians Georgians Cophtes Jacobites Maronites c and at the entry of one of those Chappels is the Sepulchre of Godfrey of Boulogn on one hand and that of his Brother Baldwin's on the other But Lastly In and about Jerusalem besides the Observables abovemention'd are these following Particulars viz a Mosque erected in
the very place where once stood the Coenaculum the Church of St. Saviour and that of the Purification of the Blessed Virgin with her splendid Sepulchre all three built by the incomparable St. Helena Add to these the decent Tomb of Zachary near Brook Cedron with the Sepulchre of Lazarus at the Town of Bethany Here likeways are shown to Pilgrims all other noted Places in or about the City which are frequently mention'd in the Sacred Volumn as Mount Olivet the Garden of Gethsemene the Vallies of Jehosophat and Gehinnon the Pool of Siloim the Field of Blood c. They moreover shew 'em the places where formerly stood the Palaces of Caiphas Pilate and Herod with the Houses of Martha and Mary and Annas the High Priest as also the particular Place where St. Peter wept upon the denial of his Master and where Judas the Traytor hang'd himself for the betraying of him And finally The Pilgrims are conducted unto and visit the respective Place of each particular Scene of our Saviour's Sufferings with that of his Ascention at last All which are fully describ'd by G. Sandys Thevenot and other latter Travellers in the Holy Land To these Rarities of Palestine I might also add those many remarkable Creatures whether Beasts Birds or Fishes frequently mention'd in the Sacred Volumn and formerly more plentiful than at present in this Country But having drawn out this Paragraph already to so great a length I shall not enter upon so vast a Subject remitting the Reader to that incomparable Work of the Learned Bochartus De Animalibus S. Scripturae where he may be fully satisfied in that matter As for Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universitities See Natolia The mountainous Parts of this Country are mostly possess'd by the Arabs of whom in Arabia the Valleys by the Moors of whom in Africa Other People here residing are a few Turks and many Christians particularly Greeks of whom in Europe and intermixt with all these are some Jews and of them here in particular The Modern Jews to say nothing of 'em in former times are generally Characteriz'd thus viz. a Vagabond Persidious and Obstinate sort of People a People now living as meer Aliens not only in most Parts of the Earth but also in this once their own Country a People indeed universally given to Trading where-ever dispers'd but as universally addicted to Cozening and Usury where-ever they find occasion a People so singularly stigmatiz'd by Heaven that according to the Prophet's Prediction they 're now become an Astonishment and Hissing to all Nations In a word The Modern Jews being extremely blinded in Judgment and perverse in Will do not only remain most obstinate in denying the Messias already come notwithstanding of the clearest Demonstration to the contrary but also they 're a People that 's universally corrupted in Morals and that in the highest degree the generality of 'em being addicted to the blackest of Vices This Country being under the Turkish Yoke its Inhabitants do generally use the Turkish Tongue The various Christians here residing whether European or Asiatick do commonly speak those Languages peculiar to the Countries to which they Originally belong How and by whom this Country was govern'd till it became a Roman Province is best learn'd from the Historical Part of the Sacred Volumn and the Writings of the noted Jewish Historian Josephus The Land of Palestine being brought under the Roman Senate by Pompey the Great continued subject to that State till the beginning of the Seventh Century when 't was invaded by the Persians and afterwards made a Prey to the Saracens yet rescu'd from them by the Christians under Godfrey of Bouillon Anno 1099. whose Successors held it about eighty Years but being taken from them by Saladin King of Syria and Egypt it remain'd subject to the Califes of Egypt till conquer'd Anno 1517. by Selimus the first Emperor of the Turks who subjected the same to the Ottoman Yoke under which it groans to this very day The Arms of the Christian Kings of Jerusalem were Luna a Cross Crosset crossed Sol commonly call'd the Cross of Jerusalem But this Country being now a Part as aforesaid of the Ottoman Dominions is allow'd no particular Arms at present and cart only claim a share of the Ensigns Armorial of the Turkish Empire in general What these are see Turky in Europe page 182. The present Inhabitants of Palestine are in Point of Religion reducible to Three Classes viz. Christians Jews and Mahometans The chief Tenets embrac'd and maintain'd by the first and last of these may be seen in their proper places when treating of Christendom and Turky in Europe As for the Jews I think no place more proper to Discourse of their Religion than in this their Ancient Country Know therefore that the Modern Jews both here and elsewhere adhere still as closely to the Mosaick Dispensation as their present Circumstances in a dispers'd and despis'd Condition will allow Their Service chiefly consists in reading of their Law in the Synagogue together with various Prayers which they perform with little or no appearance of Devotion Sacrifices they use not since the Destruction of their Temple at Jerusalem The chief Articles of their present Belief and Practice are these following 1. They all agree in the acknowledgment of a Supreme Being both Essentially and Personally one but entertain some ridiculous Apprehensions concerning him as particularly the great Complacency they vainly imagine he takes in reading their Talmud 2. They acknowledge a twofold Law of God viz a Written and Unwritten one The Written is that delivered by God to the Israelites and recorded in the Five Books of Moses The Unwritten was also as they pretend delivered by God to Moses and handed down from him by Oral Tradition and now to be receiv'd pari pietatis affectu with the former 3. They assert the Perpetuity of their Law together with its Perfection believing there can be nothing added to it or taken from it 4. They unanimously deny the accomplishment of the Promises and Prophecies concerning the Messias obstinately alledging that he is not yet come and that whenever he appears 't will be with the greatest worldly Pomp and Grandeur imaginable subduing all Nations before him and making them acknowledge Subjection to the House of Judah For evading the express Predictions of the Prophets concerning his mean Condition and Sufferings they without any shaddow of Divine Authority do considently talk of a twofold Messias one Ben Ephraim whom they grant to be a Person of a mean and afflicted Condition in this World another Ben David who they believe shall be a Victorious Powerful Prince and the Restorer of 'em to their former Liberty and Possessions 5. They think that the Sacred Name of God can't be blasphem'd by Man if he only refrain from expressing the adorable 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. They condemn all manner of Images though only design'd as a bare Representation of Persons to
The Japanners are gross Idolaters having a multitude of Idols to whose particular Service great numbers both of Men and Women do consecrate themselves The chief of those Idols are call'd by the Names of Amida and Foqueux The Votaries of the former are said to assert the Soul's Immortality and the Pythagorean Metempsychosis and those of the latter imagine That the frequent Repetition of certain Words will attone for all their misdoings and procure to 'em the enjoyment of compleat Felicity at last Great was the multitude of Converts to Christianity once in these Islands if we might safely credit the Testimony of our Roman Missionaries who Anno 1596. reckon'd no less than 600000 of the Natives then actually professing the Christian Religion But how many soe're were really brought over to the Knowledge of the Truth most certain it is that they quickly Apostatiz'd from the same and that no Person dares openly avow the Doctrine of Christ since the Year 1614. all Europeans save the Dutch and others professing Christianity being then expell'd those Islands and not like to have any more Access there for the future §. 2. The Philippin Islands THESE Islands discovered by Magellan Anno 1520 are term'd by the Italians Philippine by the Spaniards Islas de Philippe by the French Philippines by the Germans Philippinische Insuln and by the English The Philippin Islands so call'd from Philip II. of Spain in whose time they began to be inhabited by Spaniards The Air of these Islands is very moderate notwithstanding they lie so near the Line The opposite Place of the Globe to them is the Northmost part of Brasil The Soil of these Islands is generally very fertil producing in great abundance most sorts of Grain Herbs and Fruits They are also very fit for Pasturage and several of 'em are well furnish'd with some rich Mines of Gold and other Metals The length of the Days and Nights in these Islands is much the same as in the Southern Parts of China they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of these Islands are Rice Pulse Wax Honey Sugar-Canes Gold Cotton-Wooll c. In the Sea surrounding these Islands is frequently seen a sort of Fish or Sea-Monster about the bigness of a Calf which in Shape doth much resemble the ancient Sirenes so famous among the Poets whence our English Navigators term it the Woman-Fish because its Head Face Neck and Breast are somewhat like those of the fair Sex In several of the Philippins are some little Vulcano's especially those of the Island Tandaia Here is one Spanish Archbishoprick viz. that of Manilla And subject to him are several Suffragan Bishops but their Number and Titles are uncertain Universities in these Islands None The Natives of these Islands are generally a Couragious and valiant sort of People maintaining still their Liberty in several places They 're said to be Civil and Honest enough in their Dealings with the Chineses and Europeans but most of 'em have a great Aversion to the Spaniards having been extremely ill us'd by that Nation in divers respects The prevailing Language in these Islands is the Spanish which is not only in use among the Spaniards themselves but is also understood and spoken by many of the Natives As for the Language peculiar to 'em we can give no particular Account thereof save only its near Affinity to the Malay Tongue These Islands being mostly subject to the King of Spain are rul'd by a particular Vice Roy appointed by his Catholick Majesty whose place of Residence is in Luconia the biggest of 'em all The Natives as aforesaid do still retain their Liberties in several places especially in the Isle of Mindana where those People call'd Hilanoones i. e. Mountaineers Sologues and Alfoores acknowledge nothing of Subjection to the Spanish Power Many of the milder sort of the Natives are instructed in and make Profession of the Christian Religion and that by the care and diligence of Roman Missionaries sent thither from time to time The rest being of a savage and intractable Temper continue still in the thick Mist of Paganism The Spaniards here residing are the same in Religion with those in Spain §. 3. Isles des Larrons THESE Islands were discovered by Magellan Anno 1520. and so nam'd by him from the Nature of their Inhabitants who were excessively given to thieving This being all that 's remarkable of 'em we pass on to §. 4. The Molucques OF Moluccoes THESE Islands unknown to the Ancients are term'd by the Italians Molucche by the Spaniards Molucco's by the French Isles Moluques by the Germans die Moluccische Insuln and by the English the Molucques or Moluccoe-Islands so call'd from the word Moloc which in the Language of the Country signifieth the Head because the Islands properly call'd the Moluccoes are situated as 't were at the Head or Entrance of the Indian Archipelago These Islands lying under and on either side of the Line the Air is extremely hot and generally esteem'd very unwholesome The opposite Place of the Globe to the Moluccoes is the Northern Part of Brasil The Soil of these Islands is not reckon'd so fertil as that of the Philippin especially in Grain but for abundance of Spices and rich Mines of Gold they far surpass them The Days and Nights do not much vary in their Extent all the Year round these Islands being so near unto and partly under the Equinoctial The chief Commodities of these Islands are Gold Cotton Spices of all sorts especially Cinamon Pepper Cloves Ginger Nutmegs Mastick Alloes c. In the Island of Timor and Solor grows a Tree which stinketh exactly like Human Excrements A considerable part of an Arm of which Tree is to be seen in the Publick Musaeum of Gresham Colledge 2. In several of the Moluccoe's are divers Vulcano's particularly that call'd Gounong-apy in Banda which some Years ago made a dreadful Eruption not only of Fire and Sulphure but also of such a prodigious number of Stones that they cover'd a great part of the Island and so many dropt into the Sea that where 't was formerly forty Fathom Water near the Shore is now a dry Beach 3. In Ternata one also of the Moluccoes is another Vulcano reckon'd by many to be yet more terrible than the former for a particular Description of which Vid. Philos Trans N. 216. 4. In the Moluccoe's is a Bird term'd by the Natives Manucodiata i. e. Avis Dei and by the Europeans the Bird of Paradise He is indeed a Creature of admirable Beauty and being always seen upon the Wing 't was currently believ'd that he had no Feet But that Opinion is now found to be a gross Mistake notwithstanding the same was not only receiv'd by the unthinking Vulgar but also embrac'd even by some considering yet therein deceiv'd Naturalists among whom the great Scaliger Exerc. 228. S. 2
whose Top are four Apples of solid pure Gold which all together weigh seven hundred Pounds weight and in another Court of the said Palace is a prodigious high Tower so contriv'd that the Emperor can mount up to the Top of it on Horse-back 5. In the City of Fez is that famous Mosque call'd Caruven which is said to be almost half a Mile in Circuit and furnisht with thirty Gates of a prodigious bigness It hath above three hundred Cisterns to wash in before they go to Prayers and in it are upwards of nine hundred Lamps which are commonly lighted and burn every Night 6 Over a certain River call'd Sabu as it runs between two Hills term'd Beni-jasga and Silego is a remarkable Bridge or rather a ready way of passing from one side of the River to the other and that by the help of two large Stakes fixt fast in the Ground on either side one between which are extended two strong Ropes and to one of them is ty'd a kind of a big Basket able to contain ten Men into which the Passengers being entred and pulling one of the Ropes which runs by a Pulley they waft themselves over much sooner than we Europeans can pass either by Bridge or Boat Vid. Dapper 's late Description of Africa Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Barbarians thus Characteriz'd of old by Herodian Mauri inquâ—t ills Genus sunt hominum suapte naturâ coedit avidissimum nihilque non facile audens despèratis sinâ—les contemptu scilices mortis periculorum are now a People that 's generally very Inconstant Crafty and Unfaithful Active of Body Impatient of Labour and Covetous of Honour Some of 'em â—re Studious in Matters of their Law and others are enclin'd to the Liberal Sciences especially Philosophy and the Mathematicks The Inhabitants of Sallee Tripoli and Algiers are mightily given to Pyracy and many of the Moroccos are much addicted to Merchandizing Dispers'd through all these Countries are the Arabs who especially in Barca exercise their common Trade of robbing and molesting Travellers on the Highway In most of the Sea-Port Towns and over all the Countries bordering on the Sea the prevailing Language is Arabesque or corrupt Arabick In the City of Morocco and several other Places they still retain their Ancient Language or rather a corrupt Dialect of the old African The trading People especially in their Dealing with Strangers do use a certain Jargon compounded chiefly of Spanish and Portugueze not unlike to the Lingua Franca among the Turks This large Country comprehending several Kingdoms and Provinces is chiefly under the Great Turk and Emperor of Morocco To the latter belong the Kingdoms of Morocco and Fez and to him are ascrib'd or rather he assumeth the following Titles viz. Emperor of Africa King of Morocco Fez Sus and Taffalet Lord of Gago Dara and Guinea and Great Xeriff of Mahomet The other Kingdoms or Provinces of this Country are mostly subject to the Great Turk and are govern'd by his particular Bassa's set over 'em only Tunis and Algiers two considerable Commonwealths or rather distinct Kingdoms though each of 'em hath their respective Bassa appointed by the Grand Signior yet they 're so eager in maintaining their Liberties and Priviledges that those Bassa's are little more than meer Cyphers For in the former of these the Inhabitants have a Power of chusing their own Governor or Captain term'd the Dey who Rules the Kingdom Constitutes Cadi's and passeth Sentence in all Affairs whether Civil or Criminal The Divan of Tunis is compos'd of one Aga one Chaya twelve Odabachi twenty four Bouloubachi two Secretaries and four Chiaoux who judge in all Matters after they have heard the Sentiment of the Dey who may accept or reject their Advice as he thinks fit As for Aegiers The Government thereof is lodg'd in the Hands of the Army particularly the Officers of the Janizaries of whom the Council of State is compos'd and of it the Aga of the Janizaries is President It 's true the Grand Signior keeps always in this Place a Bassa with the Title of Vice-Roy but he 's at best but a meer Shadow for he may not so much as enter the great Divan unless invited by the whole Council and when admitted he hath but one single Voice and can only advise in Matters Besides these two Potent Republicks of this Country there 's another viz. That of Tripolt but it is intirely subject to the Grand Signior who governs the same by a particular Bassa sent from the Ottoman Court and renew'd every third Year He is honour'd with the Standart of Tunis and the Title of Beglerbeg The chief Independent Potentate in these Countries being the Emperor of Fez and Morocco he bears for Arms Three Wheels Argent As for the rest of Barbary Vid Turky in Europe page 182. The establisht Religion of this Country is Mahometanism but the Inhabitants of Morocco differ from other Mahometans in several considerable Points particularly those maintain'd by the Followers of Hamet the first of the present Race of the Morocco Emperors who was at first a kind of Monk and quitting his Retirement A. C. 1514. began publickly to Preach to the People that the Doctrine of Hali and Omar and other Interpreters of the Law was only Humane Traditions besides several other things of that Nature which occasion'd such Animosities between other Turks and the Morocco's that a Turkish Slave with them is no whit better treated than a Christian There are also many Persons in and about Algiers who likeways differ from other Mahometans in divers Particulars Some of 'em maintain that to fast seven or eight Months doth merit Eternal Happiness That Idiots are the Elect of God That Sins against Nature are Virtues That the Marabouts among 'em are inspir'd by the Devil and yet they account it an honourable thing to be defil'd by one of ' em These and many other such ridiculous Follies do they believe and avouch The Christian Faith was first planted in this Country by some of the seventy Disciples and St. Simon the Apostle Sirnam'd Zelotis SECT III. Concerning Bildulgerid  d. m. Situated between 02 00 of Long. It s greatest Length from W to E. is about 2040 Miles 55 00 between 22 30 of Latit Breadth from N. to S. is about 300 Miles 32 40 Bildulgerid comprehends the Provinces of Tesset Chief Town Idem From W. to E. Dara Idem Segelmess Idem Tegorarin Idem Zeb Teulachar Bildulgerid prop. so call'd Caphesa Desart of Barca None considerable THIS Country the Ancient Numidia is term'd by the Italians Spaniards French Germans and English Bildulgerid so call'd from the vast numbers of Dates it produceth the Name in the Arabick Tongue signifying a Date The Air of this Country is very hot but generally esteem'd abundantly wholesome to breath in The opposite Place of the Globe to Bildulgerid is that part of Mare de'l Zur and More Pacificum lying between 182
Nueva Inglaterra by the French Nouvelle Angleterre by the Germans Neu Engeland and by the English New England so call'd by the Discoverers after the Name of their own Country Notwithstanding this Country is of a Situation considerably more Southern than Old England yet the Air of both is much the same the Heat thereof being allay'd by cooling Breezes which frequently happen The opposite Place of the Globe to New England is that part of the vast Atlantick Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 41 and 45 Degrees of South Latitude The Soil of this Country is in most Parts very fertil producing in great plenty most sorts of English Grain Fruits and Roots besides Indian Corn. It 's very well stockt with Fish and Fowl as also variety of tame and wild Beasts In short 't is not only furnisht with the Necessaries but likeways many of the Comforts of Human Life and the Colony now upward of an hundred thousand doth flourish daily more and more The length of the Days and Nights in New England is much the same as in the Northern Provinces of Spain they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Country are Fish Grain Masts for Ships Deal-boards Iron Tar Bever Mouse-Skins Furs c. And 't is observable of those in New England that they have Annually for some Years imported and exported to and from Old England as many Commodities in value as they carri'd out at first In several Parts of New England grows a certain Fruit term'd the Butter-Nut so call'd from the Nature of its Kernel which yields a kind of sweet Oyl that hath the exact taste of ordinary Butter 2 In Baker's Cave about fifty Leagues East from Boston is found the Scarlet Muscle whose purple Vein being prickt with a Needle yields a Juice of a pure Purple-colour which gives so deep a Dye that no Water is able to wash it our 3 About eighty Miles North-East of Scarbâ—row is a Ridge of Mountains in length about an hundred Leagues and known commonly by the Name of the White Mountains because their Tops are cover'd with Snow all the Year round Upon the highest of these Mountains is a large Plain and at the farthest end of it a natural Rocky Pyramide vulgarly call'd the Sugar-Loaf to the uppermost part of which one may easily ascend by a continued Set of 〈…〉 Steps winding about the Râ—â—ky Mount up to its very Top where is another Plain of about an Acre of Ground and in the middle of it a deep Pond of clear Water 4. Upon the Sea-side near Nâ—w-Haven is a large Bed of Sand of a perfect black Colour with many Grains of Red and White intermixt 5. Upon the Coast of New England is sometimes taken that remarkable Fish which the English Inhabitants call by the Name of the Monk-Fish because he hath as 't were a Hood much of the same fashion with a Fryer's Cowl 6. In divers Parts on the Coast of this Country is found the Stella Marina Arborescens or Branched Star-Fish A rare kind of which taken in the Bay of Mastachuset is to be seen in Gresham Colledge and describ'd in the Philos Trans N. 57. under the Name of Piscis Echionostellaris Visciformis 7. Of many rare Birds in New England the most remarkable are the Troculus and That call'd the Humming-Bird The former of these being about the bigness of a Swallow is observable for three things First Having very short Legs and hardly able to support himself Nature hath provided him with sharp pointed Feathers in his Wings by darting of which into the Wall of a House he sticks fast and rests securely Secondly The manner of his Nest which he useth to build as Swallows in the Tops of Chimneys but of such a fashion that it hangs down about a Yard long Lastly Such Birds are remarkable for their Ceremony at departing it being always observ'd That when they remove they never fail to leave one of their Young behind in the room where they have nested making thereby as 't were a grateful acknowledgment to the Landlord for their Summers Lodging As for the Humming-Bird he is observable for being the least of all Birds The manner of his Nest resembles a Bottom of soft Silk and the Egg in which he 's hatcht is not larger than a white Pease of an ordinary size But of him elsewhere For these and some other such Remarkables Vid. that small Treatise entituled New England's Rarities per J. Josselyn Gent. Archbishopricks and Bishopricks None As for Universities here are two Colledges erected at New Cambridge which in Conjuction with other such Nurseries of Learning hereafter establish'd may we hope deserve that Title in process of time The English here residing are much the same with those in Old England As to the Natives they are generally characterized thus viz. a People that 's Crafty Timerous as also barbarously Cruel and Revengeful when they find opportunity But some of 'em are of a much milder Temper being likeways very Ingenious and quick of Apprehension Their Number especially within the English Territories is mightily diminish'd the greatest part of 'em being swept away by the Small-Pox about the first Settlement of the English others by Tumults among themselves and most of the rest by the late treacherous Wars with the English The English Inhabitants of this Country use their own Language As to that of the Natives it 's divided into a great many Dialects and reckon'd very difficult to be learn'd by Strangers the generality of its Words being extreamly long and of an inarticulate Pronounciation The Natives of this Country are divided into many Bodies and are subject unto their Sachams and Sagamores who exercise an absolute Jurisdiction over them the Will of their respective Governors being all the Law they pretend to The English here residing are govern'd by their own Laws and have several Courts of Judicatory erected for hearing and determining of Causes both Civil and Criminal as also for making and repealing of Laws that concern the Plantation The Management of Publick Affairs is in the Hands of a certain number of Magistrates and Assistants determin'd by their Patent and out of these do the People annually chuse a Governor and Deputy Governor The English here residing are Professors of the Protestant Religion in general but greatly divided as too common elsewhere into different Parties The Natives continue Pagan except those few acquainted with the Principles of Christianity by a late Serious Divine Mr. John Eliot who by Translating the Holy Bible and several Books of Devotion into a certain Dialect of the Indian Tongue and by frequently preaching among them in their own Language laid some Foundation for a more general Conversion Did such a generous Spirit possess the Minds of Christian Benefactors as to extend their Charity that way than which none can be more extensive or to mortify some part of
several Rivulets and those affording many excellent Fish especially Tortoise The length of the Days and Nights in Jamaica is the same as in the middle Provinces of New Spain they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Island are Cocao Sugar Indico Cotton Tobacco Hides Copper Piemento or Jamaica-Pepper Tortoise-Shells Wood for Dyers and several sorts of Drugs c. This Island is furnish'd with some Springs of Mineral-Waters particularly two whereof one is Sulphurous and the other Salt but both approved of for the common Distempers of the place 2 In divers Parts of Jamaica grows that Fruit call'd the Machinel Apple which is very beautiful to the Eye of a pleasant Smell and Taste yet Mortal if eaten whence some term it the Eve-Apple 3 Here are many Shiningflies a king of Cantharides appearing of a green Colour in the Day-time but shining in the Night with such a Lustre that one may see to Read by their light 4. Of all Creatures belonging to this Island the most remarkable is the Allegator that destructive Animal commonly harbouring in or near to Rivers and large Land-Ponds Although he be a very big Creature and about ten fifteen or twenty Foot in length yet he 's hatcht of an Egg not larger than that of a Turkey His Back being full of hard Scales is impenetrable whereupon 't is a difficult matter to kill him unless he receive a Wound in the Eye or Belly He is an Amphibious Animal and to enable him either to Walk upon dry Ground or Swim in the Water Nature hath furnisht him both with Feet and Fins In moving on the Land he 's very swift providing his Course be streight forward but extremely slow in turning and therefore easily avoided Lastly In Jamaica are produc'd some rare Plants much regarded by the Inquisitive Botanist But for a particular Account of them and all others found both in this and several of the Caribbee Islands I refer the Reader to a curious Catalogue publish'd some Years ago by that great Promoter of Natural Knowledge the Ingenious Dr. Sloane Archbishopricks Bishopricks Universities None The Inhabitants of this Island being English are much the same in Manners with those in the Kingdom of England only with this difference that the generality of 'em is somewhat more vitiously enclin'd a thing too common in most of our Western Plantations This Island being intirely inhabited by English they retain and still use their own Native Language Jamaica is wholly subject to the Crown of England and rul'd by a particular Governor sent thither by His Majesty the King of Great Britain The Laws by which they 're govern'd are as near as can be to those of England Here they have several Courts of Judicatory for hearing and determining of all Causes between Man and Man and for the better Assistance of the Governor he is furnisht with his Council to consult with when occasion requires The Inhabitants of this Island are of the same Religion with that publickly posess'd and by Law establisht in England excepting the Negroe-Slaves who both here and in other Islands of the English Plantations are still kept in woful Ignorance which is undoubtedly a grievous Scandal to our Holy Profession in general and an abominable Shame to their respective Masters in particular But let such Masters know that the time is coming when the now despised Souls of those toiling Slaves will certainly be requir'd at their Hands §. 5. Hispaniola THIS Island discover'd by Columbus Anno 1492. is term'd by the Spaniards Espaniola by the French Espagnole by the Italians Germans and English Hispaniola so call'd by the first Planters therein viz. the Spaniards as a Diminutive of their own Country The Air of this Island is much inferior to that in Jamaica being much infested with morning Heats which would be intollerable were they not allayed by some cooling Breezes in the Afternoon The opposite Place of the Globe to Hispaniola is that part of the East-Indian Ocean lying between 120 and 130 Degrees of Longitude with 17 and 21 Degrees of South Latitude This Island is bless'd with an extraordinary rich and fertil Soil The Trees and Meadows in it are still so green that we may truly say it enjoys a continual Spring Herbs and Fruits are said to ripen in eighteen Days and so rich and fruitful is the Native Turf that of several Grain the common Increase is an hundred-fold Here is abundance of Palm-Trees of a prodigious height and bigness in whose Body an Incision being made near the Root from thence doth flow a Liquor usually call'd Palm-Wine which being kept for some time fermenteth and becomes very strong These Trees are also term'd Cabbage-Trees because their Tops resemble European Cabbage and is commonly us'd as such by the Spaniards Here is also great plenty of Sugar-Canes and some rich Mines of Gold The length of the Days and Nights in Hispaniola is the same as in the middle Provinces of New Spain they both lying under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Island are Cattle Hides Cassia Sugar Ginger Cocheneel Guiacum c. In this Island is some store of Genipa-Trees whose Fruit about the bigness of a Man's two Fists being press'd before thorow Ripe affords a Juice as black as Ink and fit to write with all did it not disappear intirely in nine or ten Days 2. Here grows another Tree call'd Mananilla or Dwarf Apple-Tree whose Fruit is of so venemous a quality that if any Person eat thereof he 's instantly seiz'd with an unquenchable Thirst and dies raving Mad in a short time 3. Of the many Insects belonging to this Island the Glow-worm term'd by the Spaniards Cochinillas is most remarkable and that chiefly for two little Specks on its Head which by Night give so much Light that if a Person lay three or four of those Creatures together he may see to read the smallest Print 4 In Hispaniola are Spiders about the bigness of an ordinary Hens Egg having Legs as long as Sea-Crabs of a middle size They are hairy all over and have four black Teeth like Rabbets and commonly bite very sharply but are not venemous 5 Most remarkable of all Creatures in this Island is the Cayman commonly reckon'd the Crocodile of Hispaniola which being an Animal of a prodigious bigness is much noted for his rare subtilty in catching his Prey for lying upon a River-side he so gathereth his Body together that in form he resembles exactly the large Trunk of an old Tree In which Posture he continues till Cattle or other Creatures come to the River to drink when to their great surprize he suddenly springs up and assaults them And to enhaunce the Wonder this strange Creature is said to use yet a more strange Stratagem to effect his end for Travellers generally affirm of him That before he lays himself as aforesaid upon the River-side he
fertil abounding with Oyl and Wine and most sorts of Grain and Fruits But much of the Inland Provinces lie uncultivated a thing too common in most Countries subject to the Mahometan Yoke The length of the Days and Nights is the same here as in Greece they both lying-under the same Parallels of Latitude The chief Commodities of this Country are Raw Silks Goats-Hair Twisted Cotten Cordovants of several Colours Calicuts white and blew Wooll for Matrisses Tapistries Quilted Coverlets Soap Rhubarb Galls Valleneed Scommony Opium c. Not far from Smyrna by the Turks Ismyr is a certain kind of Earth commonly call'd by the Franks Soap-Earth which boileth up out of the Ground and is always gathered before Sun-rising and that in such prodigious Quantity that many Camels are daily imploy'd in carrying Loads of it to divers Soap-Houses at some distance where being mix'd with Oyl and both boil'd together for several Days it becomes at last an excellent sort of Soap 2. Nigh to Smyrna are the Vestigia of a Roman Circus and Theatre and thereabouts is frequently found variety of Roman Medals 3. About two easy days Journey East from Smyrna are some Remains of the Ancient Thyatira as appears from ten or twelve remarkable Inscriptions still to be seen for which Vid. Wheeler 's Travels from Page 230 to 236. and therefore Tyreth a small Village twenty Miles South-East of Ephesus is falsely taken for it by the Ignorant Greeks 4. At Mylasa formerly Melasso in Caria are noble Remains of Antiquity particularly a magnificent Temple of Maible built in Honour of Augustus Caesar and the Goddess of Rome as appears from an Inscription upon the Front which is still intire Here also is a stately Column call'd the Pillar of Menander with a little curious Temple but uncertain for what or by whom erected 5. At Ephesus now call'd Ajâ— Salove by the Turks are yet to be seen some Ancient Christian Churches particularly that of St. John the intirest of 'em all and now converted into a Mahometan Mosque as also the Vestigia of a Roman Amphitheatre Circus and Aqueduct together with a large heap of stately Ruins generally reckon'd those of the once magnificent Temple of Diana the great Goddess of the Ephesians 6 At Laodicea by the Turks Eske-hissar which is utterly forsaken of Men and now the Habitation of wild Beasts are still extant three Theatres of white Marble and a stately Circus all so intire as yet that they would seem to be only of a Modern date 7. At Sardis by the Turks Sart or Sards now a little nasty beggarly Village though once the Royal Seat of rich King Craesus are the Remains of some stately Ancient Architecture with several imperfect Inscriptions 8. At Pergamos which still retains the Name of Pargamo and is observable for being the place where Parchment was first invented are the Ruins of the Palace of the Atalick Kings Here is also the Ancient Christian Church of Sancta Sophia now converted into a Mahometan Mosque As for Philadelphia the last of the famous Seven Churches of Asia now call'd by the Turks Allach Scheyr i. e. The City of God 't is remarkable at present for nothing so much as the considerable number of Christians dwelling in it they amounting to two thousand and upwards The State of Christianity being very deplorable through most Parts of the Ottoman Dominions and not only the chief Ecclesiasticks of the Christian Churches viz. Patriarchs Archbishops and Bishops but also their very Sees being frequently alter'd according as their Tyrannical Master the Turk proposeth advantage by such Alterations and whereas a great many Titular Bishops yea Archbishops and some Patriarchs are often created it is equally vain to expect as impossible to give an exact List of all the Ecclesiastical Dignities in those Parts whether Real or Nominal Let it therefore suffice once for all to subjoin in this place the most remarkable of the Christian Ecclesiasticks through all Parts of the Asiatick and African Turky still referring the Reader to the same as he travelleth through the various Parts of this vast Empire These Ecclesiasticks being Patriarchs Archbishops and Bishops The chief Patriarchs besides him of Constantinople already mention'd in Europe are those of Jerusalem Alexandria and Antioch as also two Armerian one of which resideth at Ecmeasin a Monastry in Georgia and the other at Sis in Aladuha and lastly one Nestorian whose place of Residence is commonly at Mosul in Diarbeck The chief Archbishopricks together with the European are those of Heraclea Adrianople Patras Saloniki Corinth Proconesus Athens Nicosia Amasia Malvasia Janna Scutari Amphipoli Monembasia Tyana Napoli di Romania Methynna Tyre Larissa Phanarion Berytus The chief of the many Bishopricks besides the European are those of Ephesus Trebisonde Amasia Ancyra Drama Nova Caesarea Cyzicus Smyrna Cogni Nicomedia Metylene Rhodes Nice Serra Chio Calcedon Christianepeli S. John D'Acre As for Universities in this Country the Turks are such Enemies to Letters in general that they not only despise all Humane Literature or acquired Knowledge but the very Art of Printing the most effectual means of communicating Knowledge is expresly inhibited by their Law so that the Reader must not expect to find the Seats of the Muses among them It 's true the Jesuits and some other Orders of the Roman Church where establisht in these Countries do usually instruct the Children of Christian Parents in some publick Halls erected for that purpose but these small Nurseries of Learning are so inconsiderable that they deserve not the Name of Colleges much less the Title of Universities The Inhabitants of this large Country being chiefly Turks and Greeks a particular Character of 'em both is already given in Europe when treating of Greece and the Danubian Provinces to which I refer the Reader The prevailing Languages in this Country are the Turkish and Vulgar Greek a Specimen of which is already given when treating of Turky in Europe This large Country being intirely subject to the heavy burden of the Ottoman Yoke is govern'd by four Beglerbegs in Subordination to the Grand Signior the first of 'em resideth at Cotyaeum about thirty Leagues from Byrsa the second at Cogni formerly Iconium the third at Amasia in the Province of the same Name and the last at Marat the principal City of Aladulia See Turky in Europe page 182. The establisht Religion of this Country is that of Mahometanism but Persons of all Professions being tollerated in these Parts as elsewhere through the Turkish Dominions here are great multitudes of Christians particularly Greeks and those of all sorts as Armenians Jacobites Maronites Nestorians Melchites c. and intermixt with these is a considerable number of Jews Christianity was planted betimes in this Part of the World and that by the Preaching and Writings of the Inspir'd Apostles especially St. John the Divine here being the Seven famous Churches to which he wrote viz. those of Ephesus